practiceprogress graphs for students to chart progress throughout the week suggested homework...
TRANSCRIPT
Visit The Learning Site!www.harcourtschool.com
HSP
HSPTEACHER EDITION Grade 4
PRACTICE Workbook
Copyright © by Harcourt, Inc.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording, or any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Permission is hereby granted to individuals using the corresponding student’s textbook or kit as the major vehicle for regular classroom instruction to photocopy Copying Masters from this publication in classroom quantities for instructional use and not for resale. Requests for information on other matters regarding duplication of this work should be addressed to School Permissions and Copyrights, Harcourt, Inc., 6277 Sea Harbor Drive, Orlando, Florida 32887-6777. Fax: 407-345-2418.
HARCOURT and the Harcourt Logo are trademarks of Harcourt, Inc., registered in the United States of America and/or other jurisdictions.
Printed in the United States of America
ISBN 13: 978-0-15-356768-1
ISBN 10: 0-15-356768-6
If you have received these materials as examination copies free of charge, Harcourt School Publishers retains title to the materials and they may not be resold. Resale of examination copies is strictly prohibited and is illegal.
Possession of this publication in print format does not entitle users to convert this publication, or any portion of it, into electronic format.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 073 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07
© Harcourt • Grade 4
UNIT 1: UNDERSTAND WHOLE NUMBERS AND OPERATIONS
Chapter 1: Understand Place Value1.1 Place Value Through Hundred
Thousands ...........................................PW11.2 Model Millions ...................................PW21.3 Place Value Through Millions ............PW31.4 Compare Whole Numbers .................PW41.5 Order Whole Numbers .......................PW51.6 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Use Logical Reasoning .......PW6
Chapter 2: Add and Subtract Whole Numbers2.1 Algebra: Relate Addition and
Subtraction .........................................PW72.2 Round Whole Numbers
Through Millions ................................PW82.3 Mental Math: Estimate Sums and
Differences ..........................................PW92.4 Mental Math Strategies ...................PW102.5 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Estimate or Exact Answer ................PW112.6 Add and Subtract to 4-Digit
Numbers ............................................PW122.7 Choose a Method .............................PW13
Chapter 3: Algebra: Use Addition and Subtraction3.1 Addition Properties ..........................PW143.2 Write and Evaluate Expressions ......PW153.3 Addition and Subtraction
Equations ..........................................PW163.4 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Work Backward ................PW173.5 Patterns: Find a Rule ........................PW18
UNIT 2: MULTIPLICATION AND DIVISION FACTS
Chapter 4: Multiplication and Division Facts4.1 Algebra: Relate Operations .............PW194.2 Algebra: Relate Multiplication
and Division ......................................PW204.3 Multiply and Divide Facts
Through 5 .........................................PW214.4 Multiply and Divide Facts
Through 10 .......................................PW224.5 Multiplication Table Through 12 ....PW234.6 Patterns on the Multiplication
Table ..................................................PW244.7 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Choose the Operation .....................PW254.8 Algebra: Find Missing Factors .........PW26
Chapter 5: Algebra: Use Multiplication and Division Facts
5.1 Multiplication Properties .................PW275.2 Multiplication and Division
Expressions ........................................PW285.3 Order of Operations ........................PW295.4 Multiplication and Division
Equations ..........................................PW305.5 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Predict and Test ................PW315.6 Explore Inequalities .........................PW325.7 Patterns: Find a Rule ........................PW33
UNIT 3: TIME, TEMPERATURE, AND DATA
Chapter 6: Time and Temperature6.1 Telling Time ......................................PW346.2 Elapsed Time .....................................PW356.3 Elapsed Time on a Calendar ............PW366.4 Algebra: Change Units of Time .......PW376.5 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Sequence Information .....................PW386.6 Temperature .....................................PW396.7 Explore Negative Numbers ..............PW40
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Chapter 7: Collect and Organize Data7.1 Collect and Organize Data ..............PW417.2 Venn Diagrams .................................PW427.3 Find Mean, Median, and Mode ......PW437.4 Line Plots ..........................................PW447.5 Choose a Reasonable Scale .............PW457.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Make Generalizations ......................PW46
Chapter 8: Interpret and Graph Data8.1 Bar Graphs ........................................PW478.2 Make Bar and Double-Bar
Graphs ...............................................PW488.3 Circle Graphs ....................................PW498.4 Algebra: Use a Coordinate Grid ......PW508.5 Line Graphs .......................................PW518.6 Make Line Graphs ............................PW528.7 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Make a Graph ..................PW538.8 Choose an Appropriate Graph ........PW548.9 Algebra: Graph Relationships .........PW558.10 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Identify Relationships ......................PW56
UNIT 4: MULTIPLY BY 1-DIGIT AND 2-DIGIT NUMBERS
Chapter 9: Multiply by 1-Digit Numbers9.1 Mental Math: Multiplication
Patterns .............................................PW579.2 Mental Math: Estimate Products ....PW589.3 Model 2-Digit by 1-Digit
Multiplication ...................................PW599.4 Record 2-Digit by 1-Digit
Multiplication ...................................PW609.5 Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers
and Money .......................................PW619.6 Multiply with Zeros ..........................PW629.7 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Evaluate Reasonableness .................PW63
Chapter 10: Multiply by 2-Digit Numbers10.1 Mental Math: Multiplication
Patterns .............................................PW6410.2 Multiply by Tens ...............................PW6510.3 Mental Math: Estimate Products ....PW6610.4 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Solve a Simpler Problem ..PW6710.5 Model 2-Digit by 2-Digit
Multiplication ...................................PW6810.6 Record 2-Digit by 2-Digit
Multiplication ...................................PW6910.7 Multiply 2-Digit and 3-Digit
Numbers and Money .......................PW7010.8 Choose a Method .............................PW7110.9 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Multistep Problems ..........................PW72
UNIT 5: DIVIDE BY 1-DIGIT AND 2-DIGIT DIVISORS
Chapter 11: Understand Division11.1 Divide with Remainders ...................PW7311.2 Model 2-Digit by 1-Digit Division ...PW7411.3 Record 2-Digit by 1-Digit Division ...PW7511.4 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Draw a Diagram ...............PW7611.5 Mental Math: Division Patterns ......PW7711.6 Mental Math: Estimate Quotients ..PW7811.7 Place the First Digit ..........................PW79
Chapter 12: Practice Division12.1 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Interpret the Remainder ..................PW8012.2 Divide 3-Digit Numbers
and Money .......................................PW8112.3 Zeros in Division ...............................PW8212.4 Choose a Method .............................PW83
Chapter 13: Divide by 2-Digit Divisors13.1 Mental Math: Division Patterns ......PW8413.2 Model Division by 2-Digit Divisors ..PW8513.3 Record Division .................................PW8613.4 Correcting Quotients .......................PW8713.5 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Too Much/Too Little Information ....PW88
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Chapter 14: Number Theory and Patterns14.1 Factors and Multiples .......................PW8914.2 Divisibility Rules ...............................PW9014.3 Prime and Composite Numbers ......PW9114.4 Number Patterns ..............................PW9214.5 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Find a Pattern ...................PW93
UNIT 6: FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS
Chapter 15: Understand Fractions and Mixed Numbers
15.1 Read and Write Fractions ................PW9415.2 Model Equivalent Fractions .............PW9515.3 Compare and Order Fractions .........PW9615.4 Read and Write Mixed Numbers .....PW9715.5 Compare and Order Mixed
Numbers ............................................PW9815.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Sequence Information .....................PW99
Chapter 16: Add and Subtract Fractions and Mixed Numbers
16.1 Model Addition ..............................PW10016.2 Model Subtraction .........................PW10116.3 Record Addition and
Subtraction .....................................PW10216.4 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Write an Equation ..........PW10316.5 Add and Subtract Mixed
Numbers ..........................................PW10416.6 Model Addition and Subtraction
of Unlike Fractions .........................PW105
Chapter 17: Understand Decimals and Place Value
17.1 Relate Fractions and Decimals ......PW10617.2 Decimals to Thousandths ...............PW10717.3 Equivalent Decimals .......................PW10817.4 Relate Mixed Numbers and
Decimals ..........................................PW10917.5 Compare and Order Decimals .......PW11017.6 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Draw Conclusions ...........................PW111
Chapter 18: Add and Subtract Decimals and Money
18.1 Round Decimals ..............................PW11218.2 Estimate Decimal Sums and
Differences ......................................PW11318.3 Model Addition ..............................PW11418.4 Model Subtraction .........................PW11518.5 Record Addition and Subtraction .PW11618.6 Make Change .................................PW11718.7 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Compare Strategies ........PW118
UNIT 7: GEOMETRY
Chapter 19: Lines, Rays, Angles, and Plane Figures19.1 Points, Lines, and Rays ...................PW11919.2 Measure and Classify Angles .........PW12019.3 Line Relationships ..........................PW12119.4 Polygons ..........................................PW12219.5 Classify Triangles ............................PW12319.6 Classify Quadrilaterals ...................PW12419.7 Circles ..............................................PW12519.8 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Compare Strategies ........PW126
Chapter 20: Motion Geometry20.1 Congruent and Similar Figures .....PW12720.2 Turns and Symmetry ......................PW12820.3 Transformations .............................PW12920.4 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Act It Out ........................PW13020.5 Tessellations ....................................PW13120.6 Geometric Patterns ........................PW132
Chapter 21: Solid Figures21.1 Faces, Edges, and Vertices .............PW13321.2 Draw Figures ..................................PW13421.3 Patterns for Solid Figures ..............PW13521.4 Different Views of Solid Figures ...PW13621.5 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Make a Model ................PW13721.6 Combine and Divide Figures .........PW138
© Harcourt • Grade 4
UNIT 8: MEASUREMENT AND PROBABILITY
Chapter 22: Customary and Metric Measurement 22.1 Measure Fractional Parts .............PW13922.2 Algebra: Change Customary
Linear Units ..................................PW14022.3 Weight ..........................................PW14122.4 Customary Capacity .....................PW14222.5 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Compare Strategies .....PW14322.6 Metric Length ...............................PW14422.7 Algebra: Change Metric
Linear Units ..................................PW14522.8 Mass ..............................................PW14622.9 Metric Capacity ............................PW14722.10 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Make a Table ................PW148
Chapter 23: Perimeter, Area, and Volume23.1 Estimate and Measure
Perimeter ......................................PW14923.2 Algebra: Find Perimeter ..............PW15023.3 Area of Plane Figures ..................PW15123.4 Algebra: Find Area .......................PW15223.5 Problem Solving Workshop Skill:
Use a Formula ..............................PW15323.6 Relate Perimeter and Area ..........PW15423.7 Estimate and Find Volume of
Prisms ............................................PW155
Chapter 24: Probability24.1 List All Possible Outcomes ...........PW15624.2 Problem Solving Workshop
Strategy: Make an Organized List ..............................PW157
24.3 Predict Outcomes of Experiments ..................................PW158
24.4 Probability as a Fraction ..............PW15924.5 Experimental Probability .............PW16024.6 Combinations and
Arrangements ..............................PW161
SPIRAL REVIEWWeek 1 ..........................................................SR1Week 2 ..........................................................SR2Week 3 ..........................................................SR3Week 4 ..........................................................SR4Week 5 ..........................................................SR5Week 6 ..........................................................SR6Week 7 ..........................................................SR7Week 8 ..........................................................SR8Week 9 ..........................................................SR9Week 10 ......................................................SR10Week 11 ......................................................SR11Week 12 ......................................................SR12Week 13 ......................................................SR13Week 14 ......................................................SR14Week 15 ......................................................SR15Week 16 ......................................................SR16Week 17 ......................................................SR17Week 18 ......................................................SR18Week 19 ......................................................SR19Week 20 ......................................................SR20Week 21 ......................................................SR21Week 22 ......................................................SR22Week 23 ......................................................SR23Week 24 ......................................................SR24Week 25 ......................................................SR25Week 26 ......................................................SR26Week 27 ......................................................SR27Week 28 ......................................................SR28Week 29 ......................................................SR29Week 30 ......................................................SR30Week 31 ......................................................SR31Week 32 ......................................................SR32Week 33 ......................................................SR33Week 34 ......................................................SR34Week 35 ......................................................SR35Week 36 ......................................................SR36
My Homework Progress
0
2
4
68
10
ThuWed Tue Mon
Number of Problems Assigned
Number of Problems Correct
Day
Num
ber o
f Pro
blem
s
Homework ManagementA good homework management plan can streamline the process, maximize usefulness, and encourage student involvement. The plan offered here focuses on:
• Student Ownership• Teacher led discussion• Quality, not quantity• Balanced-concepts, skills, and problem solving• Daily Feedback• Analysis, not just checked• Progress Graphs
HSP Math offers the following resources for homework management:■ Suggested Homework Problems, recommended problems circled in the
Teacher’s Edition■ Rationale Card in the Teacher’s Edition for easy reference and rationale to
suggested homework problems■ Progress Graphs for students to chart progress throughout the week
Suggested Homework Problems are on each worksheet. The suggested problems have been carefully selected because they are a good representation of the problems in the day’s lesson. No more than 10 problems are suggested for each lesson.
A Rationale Card provides the rationale behind the suggested problems chosen. You can review the rationale to evaluate which problems best suit your students’ needs before you assign homework.
Progress Graphs are provided for students as a template to use with the suggested homework problems that may be assigned. Students shade the double-bar graph each day to demonstrate the progress they make on their suggested homework assignments throughout the week. The left bar reflects the total number of problems that are assigned. The right bar reflects the total number of problems the student got correct. After you write the answers on the chalkboard, students check their own homework during the morning routine while you circulate the room to review their papers. Homework is assigned Monday through Thursday only, so at the end of the week students can analyze their own work by writing two sentences about their progress. The graphs can also be placed in student portfolios for parent/teacher conferences. A sample graph is shown below. The template is provided on the next page.
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Nu
mb
er of
Prob
lems
Assig
ned
Nu
mb
er of
Prob
lems
Co
rrect
My H
om
ewo
rk Prog
ress
Number of Problems
109876543210M
on
Tue
Wed
Thu
Day
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Lesson 1.1Item Suggested rationale
2numbers through hundred thousands
3numbers through hundred thousands
6expanded form and place value
9 value of underlined digit
12writing numbers in multiple forms
13 multiple choice; place value
Lesson 1.2Item Suggested rationale
1 multiples of thousands
4 multiples of hundreds
7recognize situations where numbers are less than a million
11recognize situations where numbers are large enough to be a million
19digits in the ten-thousands place
20numbers with different numbers of digits
25numbers with the same number of digits
PracticePW1© Harcourt • Grade 4
Place Value Through Hundred ThousandsWrite each number in two other forms.
1. 50,000 � 3,000 � 700 � 5
2. eight hundred thousand, nine hundred thirty-seven
3. 420,068
4. 78,641
Complete.
5. 290,515 � two hundred ninety , five hundred fifteen � � 90,000 � � 10 � 5
6. � 10,000 � 3,000 � 100 � 80 � 9 � 413,1 �
four hundred thirteen thousand, one eighty-nine
Write the value of the underlined digit in each number.
7. 705,239
8. 417,208
9. 914,325
10. 360,044
Problem Solving and Test Prep11. In 2005, there were 20,556 Bulldogs
registered in the American Kennel Club. Write the number of registered Bulldogs in two other forms.
12. In 2005, the Labrador Retriever was the most popular breed of dog in the American Kennel Club, with 137,867 registered Labrador Retrievers. Write 137,867 in two other forms.
13. What is the value of the digit 9 in 390,215?
A 900B 9,000C 90,000D 900,000
14. In February, eighty-five thousand, six hundred thirteen people went to the Westminster Dog Show. What is this number in standard form?
A 850,630 C 850,613
B 85,630 D 85,613
Name Lesson 1.1
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
53,705; fifty-three thousand, seven hundred five
800,937; 800,000 � 900 � 30 � 7
four hundred twenty thousand, sixty-eight; 400,000 � 20,000 � 60 � 8
seventy-eight thousand, six hundred forty-one; 70,000 � 8,000 � 600 � 40 � 1
thousand
89
5,000 10,000 20 4
20,000 � 500 � 50 � 6; twenty thousand, five hundred fifty-six
one hundred thirty-seven thousand, eight hundred sixty-seven; 100,000 � 30,000 � 7,000 � 800 � 60 � 7
500200,000
hundred400,000
C
D
PracticePW2© Harcourt • Grade 4
Model MillionsSolve.
1. How many hundreds are in 100,000?
3. How many thousands are in 1,000,000?
5. How many hundreds are in 1,000,000?
2. How many thousands are in 10,000?
4. How many hundreds are in 10,000?
6. How many thousands are in 100,000?
Tell whether the number is large enough to be in the millions or more. Write yes or no.
7. the number of people at a baseball stadium for one game
9. the number of leaves on the trees in a forest
11. the number of cars people own in the United States
13. the number of bags of trash a family makes in one month
15. the number of fourth graders in the United States
17. the number of gallons of water in the ocean
8. the distance in miles to the nearest star outside our solar system
10. the distance in feet across a swimming pool
12. the number of trips a bus might make in one day
14. the distance in miles from one city to another in your state
16. the number of miles from the Earth to the Moon
18. the number of stars in the solar system
Choose the number in which the digit 5 has the greater value.
19. 435,767 or 450,767
20. 510,000 or 5,100,000
21. 125,000,000 or 521,000,000
22. 435,003 or 4,300,500
23. 1,511,672 or 115,672
24. 40,005,400 or 350,400,300
25. 135,322,000 or 9,450,322
26. 35,000,000 or 3,500,000
Name Lesson 1.2
1,000 thousands
1,000 hundreds 10 thousands
100 hundreds
10,000 hundreds 100 thousands
no
no
yes
yes yes
no
no
no
no
yes
450,767 5,100,000
521,000,000
1,511,672
435,003
350,400,300
135,322,000 35,000,000
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
yes
yes
PW1-PW2© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW1-PW2MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW1-PW2 6/19/07 3:11:41 PM6/19/07 3:11:41 PM
Lesson 1.3Item Suggested rationale
2numbers through one-hundred million
3numbers through one-hundred million
7 place value through millions
11word problem; place value through ten thousands
13multiple choice; place value in the ten millions place
Lesson 1.4Item Suggested rationale
8comparing hundred thousands; equal number of digits
10comparing millions; unequal number of digits
12comparing millions; unequal number of digits
14algebra; place value; find missing digit
16use a table to compare value in ten thousands
19multiple choice; comparing value in hundreds
PracticePW3© Harcourt • Grade 4
Place Value Through MillionsWrite each number in two other forms.
1. ninety-five million, three thousand, sixteen
2. four hundred eighty-five million, fifty-two thousand, one hundred eight
3. 507,340,015
4. 20,000,000 � 500,000 � 60,000 � 1,000 � 300 � 40
Use the number 78,024,593.
5. Write the name of the period that has the digits 24.
6. Write the digit in the ten millions place.
7. Write the value of the digit 8.
8. Write the name of the period that has the digit 5.
Find the sum. Then write the answer in standard form.
9. 7 thousands 3 hundreds 4 ones � 8 ten thousands 1 thousand 5 hundreds
Problem Solving and Test Prep10. The average distance from the Earth to
the Sun is 92,955,807 miles. What is the value of the digit 2 in 92,955,807?
11. The average distance from the Earth to the Sun is one hundred forty-nine million, six hundred thousand kilometers. Write this number in standard form.
Name Lesson 1.3
12. What is the value of the digit 8 in 407,380,510?
A 8,000,000 C 80,000B 800,000 D 8,000
13. What is the value of the digit 4 in 43,902,655?
A 400,000 C 40,000,000B 4,000,000 D 400,000,000
95,003,016; 90,000,000 � 5,000,000 � 3,000 � 16
485,052,108; 400,000,000 � 80,000,000 � 5,000,000 � 50,000 � 2,000 � 100 � 8
five hundred seven million, three hundred forty thousand, fifteen; 500,000,000 � 7,000,000 � 300,000 � 40,000 � 15
twenty million, five hundred sixty-one thousand, three hundred forty; 20,561,340
thousands 7
8,000,000 ones
88,804
2,000,000 149,600,000
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C C
PracticePW4© Harcourt • Grade 4
Compare Whole NumbersUse the number line to compare. Write the lesser number.
1. 3,660 or 3,590
2. 3,707 or 3,777
3. 3,950 or 3,905
Compare. Write <, >, or = for each .
4. 5,155 5,751 5. 6,810 6,279 6. 45,166 39,867
7. 74,288 74,288 8. 891,023 806,321 9. 673,219 73,551
10. 3,467,284 481,105 11. 613,500 1,611,311 12. 4,000,111 41,011
ALGEBRA Find all of the digits that can replace each �.
13. 781 � 78�
14. 2,4�5 � 2,465
15. �,119 � 9,119
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 16–17, use the table.
16. Which mountain is taller: Mt. Logan or Mt. McKinley?
17. Which mountain is taller than 29,000 feet?
18. Which number is greatest?
A 34,544
B 304,544
C 43,450
D 345,144
19. Ernie wants to collect 140 books each week for the school book drive. In each of four weeks, he collected 147 books, 129 books, 163 books, and 142 books. Which number of books was less than Ernie’s weekly goal?
A 147 books C 129 books
B 163 books D 142 books
Name Lesson 1.4
3,500 3,600 3,700 3,800 3,900 4,000
Tallest Mountains
Mountain Height (in feet)
Everest 29,028
McKinley 20,320
Logan 19,551
3,590 3,707 3,905
� � �
� � �
� � �
0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
Mt. McKinley
Mt. Everest
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
D
C
PW3-PW4© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW3-PW4MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW3-PW4 6/19/07 3:11:47 PM6/19/07 3:11:47 PM
Lesson 1.5Item Suggested rationale
2ordering millions, equal numbers of digits
3ordering hundred thousands, equal number of digits
7ordering numbers with unequal numbers of digits
14word problem; comparing dollar amounts in the hundred thousands
Lesson 1.6Item Suggested rationale
2problem Solving: logical reasoning
3problem solving; make a model
4problem solving: guess and check
PracticePW5© Harcourt • Grade 4
Order Whole NumbersWrite the numbers in order from greatest to least.
1. 74,421; 57,034; 58,925
2. 2,917,033; 2,891,022; 2,805,567
3. $409,351; $419,531; $417,011
4. 25,327,077; 25,998; 2,532,707
5. 621,456; 621,045,066; 6,021,456
6. $309,423; $305,125; $309,761
7. 4,358,190; 4,349,778; 897,455
8. 5,090,115; 50,009,115; 509,155
ALGEBRA Write all of the digits that can replace each �.
9. 389 � 3�7 � 399
10. 5,601 � 5,�01 � 5,901
Problem Solving and Test Prep USE DATA For 11–12, use the table.
11. Which lake has the smallest area?
12. Write the names of the lakes in order
from least area to the greatest area.
13. Which shows the numbers in order from greatest to least?A 92,944; 92,299; 92,449
B 159,872; 159,728; 159,287
C 731,422; 731,242; 731,244
D 487,096; 487,609; 487,960
14. Automobile sales for four weeks are $179,384, $264,635, $228,775, and $281,413. Which amount is the greatest?
Name Lesson 1.5
Largest Lakes
Lake Area(in square miles)
Victoria 26,828
Huron 23,000
Superior 31,700
Caspian Sea 143,244
74,421; 58,925; 57,034 2,917,033; 2,891,022; 2,805,567
25,327,077; 2,532,707; 25,988$419,531; $417,011; $409,351
$309,761; $309,423; $305,125
621,045, 066; 6,021,456; 621,456
4,358,190; 4,349,778; 897,455
50,009,115; 5,090,115; 509,155
9 7, 8
Lake Huron
Lake Huron, Lake Victoria, Lake Superior, The Caspian Sea
$281,413Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
PracticePW6© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Use Logical ReasoningProblem Solving Strategy PracticeUse logical reasoning to solve.
1. The stadium store sells team shirts on Friday, Saturday, and Sunday. The numbers of shirts sold for three days were 473, 618, and 556. The least number of shirts were sold on a Friday. More than 600 shirts were sold on Saturday. How many shirts were sold on Sunday?
2. Anton, Rachel, and Lamont each like different teams. The teams are the Rugby Ghosts, the Yellow Bees, and the Tan Cougars. Anton’s favorite team does not have a color in its name. Lamont does not like the Tan Cougars. Which team does Rachel like?
Mixed Strategy Practice 3. Beth, Paulo, Lee, Maya, and Rob are
standing in line to get into the movies. Beth is in front of Maya. Maya is not last in line. Rob is first. Lee is after Maya. Paulo is not last. In what order are they standing in line? Make a model in the box at the right to solve.
USE DATA For 4–5, use the information shown in the art.
4. Claire buys two items. She spends less than $100 total. Which two items does Claire buy?
5. Alex plans to save money to buy the hockey stick. He already has $8 in his savings. If he saves and adds $22 each week to his savings, how many weeks will it take to save $72?
Name Lesson 1.6
$72
$79
$34$54
556 shirts the Tan Cougars
Rob, Paulo, Beth, Maya, Lee
baseball glove and soccer ball
3 weeksCircled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C01_L6.indd PW6 7/2/07 10:23:18 AM
PW5-PW6© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW5-PW6MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW5-PW6 7/2/07 11:58:07 AM7/2/07 11:58:07 AM
Lesson 2.1Item Suggested rationale
1 write a related fact
2 write a related fact
6 write a related fact
9 write a related fact
11 write fact families
13problem solving; write related facts
15multiple choice; recognizing a related fact
Lesson 2.2Item Suggested rationale
2rounding money to thousands place
4 rounding to hundreds
5rounding to hundred thousands
6 rounding to millions
8rounding larger numbers to multiple places
10rounding to millions using a chart
12multiple choice; rounding to ten thousands by choosing from a list
PracticePW7© Harcourt • Grade 4
Algebra: Relate Addition and SubtractionWrite a related fact. Use it to complete the number sentence.
1. � 7 � 8
2. 4 � � 13
3. � 9 � 14
4. 8 � � 11
5. � 4 � 8
6. 17 � � 9
7. � 5 � 5
8. 13 � � 5
9. � 7 � 16
Write the fact family for each set of numbers.
10. 6, 8, 14
11. 7, 5, 12
12. 9, 6, 15
Problem Solving and Test Prep13. Byron can do 12 pull-ups. Malik can
do 7 pull-ups. How many more pull-ups can Byron do than Malik? What related facts can you use to solve this problem?
14. Jim can do 16 pull-ups. Andy can do 11 pull-ups. Selma can do more pull-ups than Andy but fewer than Jim. What are the possible number of pull-ups that Selma could have done?
15. Which of the following sets of numbers cannot be used to make a fact family?
A 25, 10, 15 C 15, 9, 6
B 2, 2, 4 D 7, 3, 14
16. Which of the following sets of numbers can be used to make a fact family?
A 5, 6, 11 C 7, 6, 12
B 11, 12, 13 D 19, 9, 11
Name Lesson 2.1
7 � 8 � 15 13 � 4 � 9 14 � 9 � 5
11 � 8 � 3 8 � 4 � 12 17 � 9 � 8
5 � 5 � 10 13 � 5 � 8 16 � 7 � 9
6 � 8 � 14;
8 � 6 � 14;
14 � 8 � 6;
14 � 6 � 8
7 � 5 � 12;
5 � 7 � 12;
12 � 5 � 7;
12 � 7 � 5
9 � 6 � 15;
6 � 9 � 15;
15 � 6 � 9;
15 � 9 � 6
5 more pull-ups;
12 � 7 � 5; 7 � 5 � 12 12, 13, 14, 15
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible answersare given.
AD
15 9 5
8123
10 8 9
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C02_L1.indd PW7 7/2/07 10:23:41 AM
PracticePW8© Harcourt • Grade 4
Round Whole Numbers Through MillionsRound each number to the place value of the underlined digit.
1. 7,803
2. $4,097
3. 23,672
4. 627,432
5. 34,809,516
6. 671,523,890
Round each number to the nearest ten, thousand, hundred thousand, and million.
7. 6,086,341
8. 79,014,878
9. 821,460,934
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 10–11, use the table.
10. Which state has a population that rounds to 5,700,00?
11. What is the population of Maryland rounded to the nearest thousand?
12. Which number rounds to 45,000?
A 44,399 C 44,890
B 44,098 D 45,987
13. To which place do you round to find the rounded number that is closest to 9,760,000?
Name Lesson 2.2
79,014,880; 79,015,000; 79,000,000;79,000,000
821,460,930; 821,461,000; 821,500,000;821,000,000
8,000 $4,000 20,000
627,400 34,800,000 672,000,000
6,086,340; 6,086,000; 6,100,000; 6,000,000
Tennessee
5,296,000
ten thousands
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C02_L2.indd PW8 6/15/07 10:38:57 AM
PW7-PW8© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW7-PW8MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW7-PW8 7/2/07 11:58:11 AM7/2/07 11:58:11 AM
Lesson 2.3Item Suggested rationale
2rounding to estimate differences
3 rounding to estimate sums
6font-end estimation to estimate differences
7font-end estimation to estimate sums
11 using compatible numbers
13 adjusting the estimate
15problem solving; adding by estimating in the ten thousands
17multiple choice; estimate in the ten thousands
Lesson 2.4Item Suggested rationale
2subtracting mentally using friendly numbers
4adding mentally using friendly numbers
5adding mentally using friendly numbers
7 subtracting using swapping
9subtracting using friendly numbers
19multiple choice; adjust the addends; explaining how to use swapping
20multiple choice; choosing the correct adjustment to find the sum
PracticePW9© Harcourt • Grade 4
Mental Math: Estimate Sums and DifferencesUse rounding to estimate.
1. 6,356 � 1,675
__
2. 8,267 – 2,761
__
3. 3,818,707 � 2,978,392
___
4. 75,428 – 19,577
__
Use front-end estimation to estimate.
5. 187 � 519
__
6. 6,489 � 1,807
__
7. 2,314,655 � 5,901,683
___
8. 61,075 � 29,732
__
Use compatible numbers to estimate.
9. 5,432 � 652
10. 45,221 � 6,167
11. 392 � 47 � 89
Adjust the estimate to make it closer to the exact sum or difference.
12. 6,285 � 2,167
Estimate: 8,000
13. 42,819 � 11,786
Estimate: 30,000
14. 17,835 � 45,199
Estimate: 65,000
Problem Solving and Test Prep 15. Steve travels abroad to visit a friend
and then comes back home. He travels 10,945 miles one way. About how far does Steve travel round trip?
17. A plane flies 13,867 miles in one week. The next week it flies 9,276 miles. Which is the best estimate of how many miles the plane flew in these two weeks?
A 23,000 miles C 15,000 miles
B 40,000 miles D 16,000 miles
16. A train travels 5,742 miles this week. Last week it traveled 1,623 fewer miles than this week. About how many miles did the train travel last week?
18. Last month, Chad sold 523 CDs at his store. This month, he sold 167 more CDs than last month. About how many CDs in all did Chad sell this month and last month? Explain how you got your answer.
Name Lesson 2.3
8,000 5,000 7,000,000 55,000
600 5,000 7,000,000 40,000
5,000 � 700 � 4,300
45,000 � 6,000 � 51,000
400 � 50 � 100 � 550
6,300 � 2,200 � 8,500
43,000 � 12,000 � 31,000
18,000 � 45,000 � 63,000
Possible answer: about 4,000 miles
about 1,200 CDs; Possible answer: I rounded 523 to 500 and 167 to 200. 500 + 200 = 700. 500 + 700 = about 1,200 CDs.
Possible estimates are given.
Possible estimates are given.
Possible estimates are given.
Possible answer: about 22,000 miles
A
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C02_L3.indd PW9 6/15/07 10:38:41 AM
PracticePW10© Harcourt • Grade 4
Mental Math StrategiesAdd or subtract mentally. Tell the strategy you used.
1. 73 � 15
2. 87 � 48
3. 57 � 91
4. 152 � 68
5. 542 � 148
6. 515 � 151
7. 799 � 231
8. 387 � 73
9. 945 � 425
10. 452 � 339
11. 396 � 265
12. 594 � 496
Find the sum or difference.
13. 78 � 46
14. 61 � 16
15. 40 � 24
16. 37 � 19
Problem Solving and Test Prep
17. Vicky has 32 baseball cards and29 soccer cards. Use mental math to find how many sports cards Vicky has in all.
18. Kareem bowls 78 the first game and 52 the second game. Use mental math to find the difference of Kareem’s scores.
19. Jason sells 27 tickets on Monday and 34 on Tuesday. He adds 3 to 27 to find the total mentally. How should Jason adjust the sum to find the total?
A Add 3 to 34.
B Add 4 to 34.
C Subtract 3 from 34.
D Subtract 4 from 34.
20. Haley buys a baseball bat and glove that cost $25 and $42. She subtracts $2 from $42 to find the total mentally. How should Haley adjust the sum to find the total?
A Add $2 to $25.
B Subtract $2 from $25.
C Add $5 to $25.
D Subtract $5 from $25.
Name Lesson 2.4
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
88 39 148 84
690 364 568 460
520 791 661 98
61 sports cards 26
124 45 64 18
CB
Strategies may vary.
PW9-PW10© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW9-PW10MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW9-PW10 7/2/07 11:58:15 AM7/2/07 11:58:15 AM
Lesson 2.5Item Suggested rationale
1 exact answer or estimate
2 exact answer or estimate
5 exact answer or estimate
8 multi-step problem
Lesson 2.6Item Suggested rationale
3 regrouping twice
4 regrouping twice
5regrouping hundreds, tens, and ones
8regrouping hundreds, tens, and ones
17 algebra involving regrouping
23multiple choice; subtracting by regrouping
24problem solving; subtracting by regrouping
PracticePW11© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Estimate or Exact AnswerProblem Solving Skill PracticeExplain whether to estimate or find an exact answer. Then solve.
1. A plane has 5 seating sections that can hold a total of 1,175 passengers. Today, the sections held 187, 210, 194, 115, and 208 passengers. Was the plane filled to capacity?
2. A small plane carries 130 gallons of fuel. It needs 120 gallons to fly a 45-mile trip. Does the pilot have enough fuel to make a 45-mile trip?
3. A movie theater has a total of 415 seats. There are 187 adults and 213 children seated in the theater. How many empty seats are there in the theater?
4. Bob drives 27 miles round trip each day for three days. Has Bob traveled more or less than 250 miles?
Mixed Applications 5. The movie theater sells 213 tickets on
Monday, 187 tickets on Tuesday, and 98 tickets on Wednesday. Are there more than, or less than 600 tickets sold for all three days.
6. The movie theater sells 209 tickets for “Canyon Trail” and 94 tickets for “A Light in the Sky”. How many more tickets are sold at the theater for “Canyon Trail” than for “A Light in the Sky”?
7. Sara sells 87 tickets for a school benefit. Josh sells 43 tickets. Marc sells 28 tickets. How many more tickets does Sara sell than Marc and Josh sell altogether?
8. A stamp album contains 126 stamps. Another album contains 67 stamps. Each album can hold up to 150 stamps. How many stamps do both albums contain altogether?
Name Lesson 2.5
Exact; No, there were only 914 passengers.
Estimate; yes
Estimate; Less, Bob has traveled about 90 miles.
less than 600 tickets sold 115 more tickets
Exact; 15 empty seats
16 more tickets 193 stamps
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.PracticePW12
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Add and Subtract 3-Digit and 4-Digit NumbersEstimate. Then find the sum or difference.
1. 414 � 727
__
2. 784 � 149
__
3. 5,305 � 848
__
4. 7,322 � 616
__
5. 2,673 � 4,548
__
6. 3,357 � 1,219
__
7. 8,452 � 2,621
__
8. 9,344 � 5,667
__
9. 4,955 � 978
__
10. 9,999 � 901
__
11. 7,593 � 1,475
__
12. 8,891 � 1,490
__
13. 3,069 � 956
__
14. 6,560 � 5,699
__
15. 1,948 � 1,052
__
16. 7,326 � 2,673
__
ALGEBRA Find the missing digit.
17. 9 8 � 247
__
1,175
18. 7,895
� 1,23
__
6,661
19. ,689 � 726
__
3,963
20. 1,357
� 7 6
__
2,113
Problem Solving and Test Prep21. Jan drove 324 miles on Monday, then
483 miles on Tuesday. How many miles did Jan drive in all?
22. A baseball team scores 759 runs in a season. The next season the team scores 823 runs. How many runs does the team score in all?
23. An airplane will fly a total of 4,080 miles this trip. The plane has flown 1,576 miles so far. How many more miles will the plane fly this trip?
A 2,504
B 2,514 C 2,594D 5,656
24. There are 5,873 soccer fans at the first game. There are 3,985 fans at the second game. How many more fans are at the first game? Explain.
Name Lesson 2.6
1,100; 1,141 700; 635 6,000; 6,153 6,000; 6,706
3,000; 3,677 5,000; 5,831 8,000; 7,221 4,000; 4,576
6,000; 5,933 9,000; 9,098 9,000; 9,068 8,000; 7,401
4,000; 4,025 1,000; 861 1,000; 896 10,000; 9,999
54
42
807 miles 1,582 runs
1,888 more fans; I subtracted 3,985 from 5,873 to get my answer.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible estimates are given.
A
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C02_L6.indd PW12 6/15/07 10:39:15 AM
PW11-PW12© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW11-PW12MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW11-PW12 6/19/07 3:12:15 PM6/19/07 3:12:15 PM
Lesson 2.7Item Suggested rationale
2 mental math
3 paper and pencil or calculator
5 mental math
7 paper and pencil or calculator
9algebra; regroup to find the sum
13problem solving; subtract using mental math
16multiple choice; addition using paper and pencil
Lesson 3.1Item Suggested rationale
2 use the commutative property
5 use the identity property
6 use the associative property
9use the commutative and associative properties
11problem solving using a table; use the associative property
12problem solving using a table; use the commutative and associative properties
13problem solving; use commutative and associative properties
PracticePW13© Harcourt • Grade 4
Choose a MethodFind the sum or difference. Write the method you used.
1. 256,684 � 157,925
__
2. 845,002 � 32,000
__
3. 5,369,021 � 1,488,627
___
4. 390,451 � 189,693
__
5. 4,244,500 � 110,001
___
6. 7,056,634 � 869,378
___
7. 5,351,842 � 1,409,876
___
8. 6,411,809 � 411,809
___
ALGEBRA Find the missing digit.
9. 32 ,164 � 651,247
__
974,411
10. 722, 85 � 134,761
__
588,124
11. 314,678
� 1 2,657
__
182,021
12. 7,1 9,236 � 1,292,459
___
8,481,695
Problem Solving and Test Prep13. Jupiter’s moon, Callisto, is
1,883,000 kilometers away from Jupiter. Jupiter’s other moon, Ganymede, is 1,070,000 kilometers away from Jupiter. What is the difference of these two distances?
14. Jessie scores 304,700 points in a video game. Raquel scores294,750 points. How many more points does Jessie score than Raquel scores?
15. Last year, 456,197 fans attended a minor league’s baseball games. This year, 387,044 fans attended. What is the total number of fans that attended this year and last year all together?
16. Plane A travels 108,495 miles. Plane B travels 97,452 miles. How many miles do both planes travel in all?
A 195,847 miles
B 205,847 miles
C 205,887 miles
D 205,947 miles
Name Lesson 2.7
414,609 6,857,648813,002 200,758
4,354,501 7,926,012 3,941,966 6,000,000
3 83
8
813,000 kilometers 9,950 points
843,241 fans
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Methods may vary.
D
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C02_L7.indd PW13 6/15/07 10:39:07 AM
PracticePW14© Harcourt • Grade 4
Addition PropertiesFind the missing number. Name the property you used.
1. � � 0 � 0 � 23 2. 15 � 5 � � � 15 3. 12 � (2 � 7) � (� � 2) � 7
4. � � 7 � 7 � 36 5. � � 45 � 45 � 0 6. (22 � �) � 11� 22 � (44 � 11)
Change the order or group the addends so that you can add mentally. Find the sum. Name the property you used.
7. 120 � 37 � 280
8. 25 � 25 � 30
9. 60 � 82 � 40
10. 28 � 21 � 32 � 19
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 11–12, use the table.
11. Use the Associative Property to find the total number of marbles in Sam’s collection.
12. Sam buys another 15 Shooter Stripes. How many marbles are in Sam’s collection now?
13. Joe has 12 blue marbles, 13 red marbles, and 38 green marbles. Explain how to use addition properties to find the total number of marbles Joe has. Then solve the problem.
14. Luke has 150 green marbles, 22 yellow marbles, 48 blue marbles, and 40 red marbles. Explain how to use addition properties to find the total number of marbles Luke has. Then solve the problem.
Name Lesson 3.1
Blue Chinese Checkers
Cat’s Eyes
Speckled Spots
Shooter Stripes
32
81
18
59
Type Number
Sam’s Marble Collection
23, identity 5, commutative 12, associative
36, commutative 0, identity 44, associative
(120 � 280) � 37 � 437 (25 � 25) � 30 � 80
(60 � 40) � 82 � 182 (28 � 32) � (21 � 19)� 100
190 marbles
205 marbles
Commutative Property to re-order, the Associative Property to add; 63 marbles
Commutative Property to re-order, then the Associative Property to add 260 marbles
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible answers are shown. Properties may vary.
PW13-PW14© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW13-PW14MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW13-PW14 7/2/07 11:58:24 AM7/2/07 11:58:24 AM
Lesson 3.2Item Suggested rationale
2practice evaluating expressions
7practice evaluating expressions
8practice evaluating expressions
11 practice writing expressions
12 practice writing expressions
15practice writing situations to match expressions
16practice writing situations to match expressions
17multiple choice; finding an expression to match the variables in a word problem
Lesson 3.3Item Suggested rationale
1practice writing equations when given words
3practice solving a subtraction equation
6practice solving an addition equation
8practice writing situations to match equations
12problem solving; practice writing and solving equations
13multiple choice; finding an equation from a word problem
PracticePW15© Harcourt • Grade 4
Write and Evaluate ExpressionsFind the value of each expression.
1. 12 � (4 � 3)
2. 5 � (15 � 3)
3. 17 � � if � � 8
4. 5 � (m � 2) if m �12
5. (18 � 22)�15
6. (31 � 16) � 8
7. � � 25 if � = 9
8. b � (31 � 5) if b � 52
Write an expression with a variable. Tell what the variable represents.
9. Sally gave away 5 apples.
10. Ali had 9 fish and bought some more.
11. Theresa put $15 in her bank account.
12. Glenn gave away some of his 20 pins.
Write an expression to match the words.
13. Bob has some stamps. He gave Sam 5 stamps.
14. Todd caught 12 crickets. He then caught some more.
Problem Solving and Test Prep15. Sean gave away 20 hats. He gave
some hats to his brother. Write an expression to show how many hats Sean gave to his brother.
16. What is the value of the expression 15 � (c � 3) if c � 5?
17. Edie ran 2 miles more than Joan. Which expression shows how far Joan ran?
A e � 2 C e � 3
B 2 � e D e � 2
18. There are 6 kittens in a closet. The mother cat removes 3 kittens. Write an expression that shows the number of kittens left in the closet. How many kittens are left in the closet?
Name Lesson 3.2
9 15
1634725
a � number of apples Sally had; a � 5
f � number of fish Ali bought; 9 � f
m � former amount of money in Theresa’s bank account; m � $15
p � number of pins Glen gave away; 20 � p
Possible answer: h � number of hats he gave to his brother; 20 � h
7
5 17
6 � 3 � 3; 3 leftCircled problems are suggested homework problems.
D
t � 5 12 � k
PracticePW16© Harcourt • Grade 4
Addition and Subtraction EquationsWrite an equation. Use �, �, or � for each .
1. Rickie has 15 model cars. Some are red, a, and 8 are blue.
15 a 8
2. Wendy had $12. Her mother gave her some more money, a. Now she has $17.
$12 a $17
Solve the equation.
3. 19 � 4 � n
4. 6 � � � 19
5. r � 12 � 21
6. t � 14 � 31
Write words to match the equation.
7. b � 5 � 12 8. a � 9 � 2
9. 16 � w � 4 10. y � 7 � 29
Problem Solving and Test Prep
Name Lesson 3.3
11. Thirteen dogs graduated in May. There were 5 assist dogs, 4 service dogs, and some tracking dogs. Write an equation that shows the total number of dogs that graduated in May.
12. Eight service dogs graduated in February, 5 in May, and 9 in November. Write and solve an equation that shows how many service dogs graduated in all.
13. Jed watched 10 minutes of previews
and a 50-minute movie about dogs. Which equation shows the total time Jed was in the theater?A 10 � 50 � t
B 50 � t � 10
C t � 10 � 60
D t � 10 � 50
14. Haley’s favorite picture book is 27 pages long. Eleven of the pages have pictures of dogs. The rest have pictures of birds. Which equation can be used to find how many pages have picture of birds?
A 27 � 11 � b C b � 11 � 27
B 27 � b � 16 D b � 11 � 27
n � 15 � � 13 r � 33 t � 17
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible variables are given
Check students’ problems.
8 + 5 + 9 = d; d = 22 service dogs5 + 4 + t = 13
A
D
� � � �
PW15-PW16© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW15-PW16MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW15-PW16 6/19/07 3:12:28 PM6/19/07 3:12:28 PM
Lesson 3.4Item Suggested rationale
1practice the work-backward strategy
2practice the work-backward strategy
4practice the work-backward strategy
6practice the draw-a-diagram strategy
7use a table to write and solve an equation
Lesson 3.5Item Suggested rationale
2practice defining and extending a pattern
4practice defining and extending a pattern
6 practice extending a pattern
8 finding the value of a variable
9multiple choice; translating data from a table into an equation
Name Lesson 3.4
PracticePW17© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Work Backward
Problem Solving Strategy PracticeWork backward to solve.
1. Leon arrived at the preserve at 11:00 A.M. He began the morning by taking 45 minutes to feed his pets at home and driving 2 hours to get to the preserve. What time did Leon begin?
2. Kit read a 25-page book about lions. Seven pages were about hunts, 15 pages were about habitat, and the rest were about prides. How many pages were about prides?
3. Twelve lions in the pride did not go on a hunt. When the lions returned from the hunt, there were 21 lions. How many lions went on the hunt?
4. Polly ate lunch and then took 15 minutes to walk to Cher’s house. They rode bikes for 35 minutes and then studied for 20 minutes. If they finished at 2:30, when did Polly finish lunch?
Mixed Strategy Practice 5. Five prides were sent from the zoo to
a preserve. Two prides were returned. Now there are 17 prides at the zoo. How many prides were at the zoo before the 5 were sent away?
6. Red, blue, green, and brown teams lined up for their assignments. The brown team directly was ahead of the red team. The blue team was not last. The green team was first. Which team was last?
7. USE DATA Use the information in the table. Write and solve an equation that shows how many lions are in the preserve in all. Then solve for the variable.
Cubs
Adolescents
Mature
Older
18
14
2
7
Age Number
Preserve Lion Population
8:15 A.M.
9 lions
3 pages
1:20 P.M.
the red team20 prides
18 � 14 � 2 � 7 � p; p � 41
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Name Lesson 3.5
PracticePW18© Harcourt • Grade 4
Patterns: Find a RuleFind a rule. Write your rule as an equation. Use the equation to extend your pattern.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Use the rule and equation to make an input/output table.
5. Add 7 to m.m � 7 � n
6. Subtract 14 from a.a � 14 � b
Problem Solving and Test Prep
7. A figure is made of a row of squares. One square has a perimeter of 4. Two squares has a perimeter of 6, and so on. Finish the input-output table to show the pattern.
8. If a rule for a table is written as an equation as a � 6 � b, then what is the value of b if a equals 24?
9. Which equation describes the data in
the table?
A d � 13 � c C c � 13 � d
B c � 13 � d D d � 13 � c
10. What equation describes the data in the table?
A g � 5 � h C g � 4 � h
B g � 4 � h D g � h � 2
Input f 10 15 20 25 30
Output g 5 10 15 � �
Input c 88 86 84 � �Output d 66 64 62 60 58
Input s � � 9 12 15
Output t 70 66 62 58 54
Input x 15 14 13 12 11
Output y � � 28 27 26
Input m � � � �Output n � � � �
Input a � � � �Output b � � � �
Input s 1 2 3 4 5
Output p 4 6 � � �
Input c 0 2 3 4
Output d 13 15 16 17
Input g 1 3 5 7
Output h 5 7 9 11
subtract 5 from f; f � 5 � g; 20, 25
subtract 22 from c; c � 22 � d; 82, 80
add 53 to s; s � 53 � t; 17, 13
add 15 to x; x � 15 � y; 30, 29
Check students’ input/output tables.
8, 10, 12 30
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B C
Possible rules are given.
PW17-PW18© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW17-PW18MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW17-PW18 6/19/07 3:12:34 PM6/19/07 3:12:34 PM
Lesson 4.1Item Suggested rationale
2relate repeated addition and multiplication
3relate repeated subtraction and division
5relate multiplication and addition
6relate multiplication and addition
7 problem solving; division
10 multiple choice; division
Lesson 4.2Item Suggested rationale
2 understand fact families
3 understand fact families
6find the value of a variable and relate operations
11find the value of a variable and relate operations
13problem solving; multiplication
16 multiple choice; multiplication
PracticePW19© Harcourt • Grade 4
Algebra: Relate OperationsWrite the related multiplication or division sentence. Draw a picture that shows the sentence.
1. 18 � 6 � 6 � 6 � 0
2. 5 � 5 � 5 � 15
3. 6 � 2 � 2 � 2 � 0
Tell whether the number sentence is true or false. If false, explain how you know.
4. 5 � 5 � 5 � 5 �? 4 � 5 5. 3 � 4 �? 4 � 4 � 4 � 4
6. 2 � 7 �? 7 � 7 � 7
Problem Solving and Test Prep
7. A class of 21 students will go on 3 different rides at the fair. The same number of students will go on each ride. How many students will go on each ride?
8. Jake plays 7 different games at the fair. He plays each game 2 times. What is the total number of games that Jake plays?
9. An amusement park ride has 4 cars. Each car holds 4 people. How many people can go on the ride at one time?
A 4
B 8
C 12
D 16
10. Shane needs 2 tickets to ride the carousel one time. Shane has 8 tickets. How many times can Shane ride the carousel?
A 2
B 4
C 6
D 8
Name Lesson 4.1
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
18 � 6 � 3
true false; 4 should be added 3 times, not 4 times
false; 7 should be added 2 times, not 3 times
7 students 14 games
5 � 3 � 15 6 � 2 � 3
D B
For 1–3, check students’ drawings.
PracticePW20© Harcourt • Grade 4
Algebra: Relate Multiplication and DivisionWrite the fact family for the set of numbers.
1. 4, 2, 8
2. 7, 2, 14
3. 8, 9, 72
4. 6, 1, 6
Find the value of the variable. Then write a related sentence.
5. 4 � 7 � c
6. 81 � m � 9
7. 16 � j � 4
8. 8 � n � 16
9. 64 � 8 � r
10. 7 � 8 � w
11. 9 � 5 � p
12. 10 � 3 � a
Problem Solving and Test Prep 13. Laura colors every picture in each of
her 5 coloring books. There are 9 pictures in each book. How many pictures does Laura color in all?
14. Carlos has 63 crayons. He puts them into 7 equal groups for his classmates to use. How many crayons are in each group?
15. A crayon box holds 72 crayons. There are 9 equal rows of crayons in the box. How many crayons are in each row?
A 7
B 8
C 9
D 10
16. Mr. Lee draws a picture with 3 different crayons. A student uses 4 times as many crayons as Mr. Lee uses. How many crayons does the student use?
A 12
B 15
C 9
D 10
Name Lesson 4.2
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
4 � 2 � 82 � 4 � 88 � 2 � 48 � 4 � 2
7 � 2 � 142 � 7 � 1414 � 2 � 714 � 7 � 2
8 � 9 � 729 � 8 � 7272 � 8 � 972 � 9 � 8
6 � 1 � 61 � 6 � 66 � 1 � 66 � 6 � 1
28 � 7 � 4 9 � 9 � 81 4 � 4 � 16 16 � 2 � 8
9 crayons45 pictures
8 � 8 � 64 56 � 8 � 7 45 � 5 � 9 30 � 3 � 10
c � 28
Possible sentences are given.
AB
w � 56
m � 9 j � 4 n � 2
r � 8 a � 30 p � 45
PW19-PW20© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW19-PW20MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW19-PW20 6/19/07 3:12:41 PM6/19/07 3:12:41 PM
Lesson 4.3Item Suggested rationale
2 division practice
3 multiplication practice
9 division practice
11 multiplication practice
14 multiplication practice
16 division practice
18find the value of a variable and practice multiplication
20find a value of a variable and practice multiplication
21 problem solving; division
24 multiple choice; division
Lesson 4.4Item Suggested rationale
2choosing strategies for multiplication practice
6choosing strategies for division practice
10choosing strategies for multiplication practice
14choosing strategies for division practice
19problem solving; multiplication
22problem solving; multiplication
PW21 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Multiply and Divide Facts Through 5Find the product or quotient.
1. 4 � 3
2. 5 � 1 3. 4 � 8 4. 3 � 5
5. 2 � 7 6. 8 � 2 7. 35 � 5 8. 32 � 4
9. 16 � 4 10. 3 � 7 11. 4 � 10 12. 14 � 2
13. 1 � 7 14. 3 � 8 15. 20 � 4 16. 9 � 3
ALGEBRA Find the value of a � 3 for each value of a.
17. a � 2 18. a � 5 19. a � 1 20. a � 4
Problem Solving and Test Prep 21. Sue has 32 marbles and wants to put
them into 4 equal groups. How many marbles will be in each group?
22. Joe eats 5 apples every week. How many apples will Joe eat in 6 weeks?
23. Laurie makes a quilt pattern that is 10 squares wide and 3 squares long. How many squares are in the quilt pattern in all?
A 3
B 10
C 13
D 30
24. Mrs. Long delivers 30 quilts to a hospital. She delivers the same number of quilts on each of 6 floors. How many quilts does Mrs. Long deliver to each floor?
A 5
B 6
C 7
D 8
Name Lesson 4.3
12 5 32 15
14 4 7 8
4 21 40 7
7 24 5 3
6 15 3 12
8 marbles 30 apples
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
DA
PracticePW22© Harcourt • Grade 4
Multiply and Divide Facts Through 10Find the product or quotient. Show the strategy you used.
1. 8 � 8 2. 7 � 9 3. 8 � 5 4. 9 � 6
5. 56 � 8 6. 81 � 9 7. 100 � 10 8. 72 � 9
9. 10 � 9
_
10. 7 � 8
_
11. 9 � 8
_
12. 6 � 6
_
13. 8 � � 64 14. 9 � � 36 15. 7 � � 49 16. 6 � � 54
ALGEBRA Find the value of the coins.
17. 18.
Problem Solving and Test Prep 19. Jeff had 10 checkers left at the end of
each game he played. How many checkers did Jeff have left at the end of 7 games?
20. Kim played checkers for 6 days and won a total of 24 games. She won the same number of games each day. How many games did Kim win each day?
21. There are 6 rows of chairs with 7 chairs in each row. How many chairs are there? Describe the strategy you used to find the product.
22. Lauren has 4 stacks of cards. There are 9 cards in each stack. How many cards does Lauren have? Describe the strategy you used to find the product.
Name Lesson 4.4
Dimes 2 3 5 7 9
Cents 20
Nickels 1 2 3 4 5
Cents 25
64 63 40 54
7 9 10 8
70 checkers 4 games
42 chairs; Descriptions will vary.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
90 56 72 36
8 4 7 9
Strategies may vary.
5 10 15 20 30 50 70 90
36 cards; Descriptions will vary.
PW21-PW22© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW21-PW22MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW21-PW22 6/19/07 3:12:48 PM6/19/07 3:12:48 PM
Lesson 4.5Item Suggested rationale
2choosing strategies for multiplication practice
4choosing strategies for division practice
5choosing strategies for multiplication practice
7choosing strategies for division practice
17algebra; find missing numbers in an input/output table
18algebra; find missing numbers in an input/output table
Lesson 4.6Item Suggested rationale
2 finding square numbers
4 finding square numbers
5 finding square numbers
6finding patterns on the multiplication table
8problem solving; using square numbers
10multiple choice; using multiples
PracticePW23© Harcourt • Grade 4
Multiplication Table Through 12Find the product or quotient. Show the strategy you used.
1. 110 � 11
2. 8 � 11
3. 12 � 9
4. 99 � 11
5. 7 � 12
6. 6 � 11
7. 84 � 12
8. 48 � 12
9. 11 � 11
10. 132 � 11
11. 108 � 12
12. 12 � 12
13. 60 � 12
14. 63 � 7
15. 11 � 9
16. 11 � 12
ALGEBRA Use the rule to find the missing numbers.
17. Multiply the input by 11.
18. Multiply the input by 12.
19. Divide the input by 11.
20. What could the missing factors be in � � � � 36?
Find as many factor pairs as you can. Explain how you found these factors.
Name Lesson 4.5
Input Output
2
4
6
Input Output
3
48
5
Input Output
99
10
121
10 88 108 9
84 66 7 4
121 12 9 144
5 9 99 132
66 60
110
1 and 36; 2 and 18; 3 and 12; 4 and 9; 6 and 6
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Strategies may vary.
44
22 36
4
9
11
Explanations may vary.
PracticePW24© Harcourt • Grade 4
Patterns on the Multiplication TableFind the square number.
1. 9 � 9
2. 5 � 5
3. 10 � 10
4. 4 � 4
5. 2 � 2
For 6–7, use the multiplication table.
6. What pattern do you see in the first 9 multiples of 11?
7. What pattern do you see in the first 9 multiples of 9?
Problem Solving and Test Prep 8. Niko has a square number that is less
than 50. The digits add up to 9. What is Niko’s number?
9. Use the rule 1 less than 3 times the number to make a pattern. Start with 5. What is the 4th number in the pattern?
10. The multiples of which number are four times the multiples of 2?
A 1
B 8
C 5
D 20
11. The multiples of which number are three times the multiples of 4?
A 8
B 12
C 40
D 84
0 1
0 0 0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
9
0
10
0
11
0
12
0
1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
3 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36
4 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
6 0 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72
7 0 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 77 84
8 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
9 0
0
9 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108
10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
11 0 11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 99 110 121 132
12 0 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144
Name Lesson 4.6
Possible patterns are given.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
81 25 100 16 4
The multiples have the same digits in their ones and tens place: 11, 22, 33, 44, 55, 66, 77, 88, 99
The ones digits are counting numbers from 9–1, the tens digit are counting numbers from 0–9
Possible answer: 36 122
BB
PW23-PW24© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW23-PW24MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW23-PW24 6/19/07 3:12:54 PM6/19/07 3:12:54 PM
Lesson 4.7Item Suggested rationale
1 choose the operation; division
3 choose the operation
4problem solving; write a number sentence
5problem solving; too much, too little information
Lesson 4.8Item Suggested rationale
2 algebra; solve for a variable
4 algebra; solve for a variable
5 algebra; solve for a variable
11 algebra; solve for a variable
13 algebra; solve for a variable
15 algebra; solve for a variable
16problem solving; multiplication practice
17problem solving; write a number sentence
PracticePW25© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Choose the OperationProblem Solving Skill PracticeTell which operation you would use to solve the problem. Then solve the problem.
1. Sally takes 24 gallons of juice to the school picnic. The students at the picnic drink 2 gallons of juice every hour. How many hours will it take the students to drink all the juice?
2. Each student in Lori’s class brings 12 cookies to the bake sale. There are 12 students in Lori’s class. How many cookies does Lori’s class bring to the bake sale?
Mixed Applications3. Greg sold 108 mini muffins at the bake sale. He sold the mini muffins in bags of 12.
Which fact family can you use to find out how many bags of mini muffins Greg sold? How many bags of mini muffins did Greg sell?
4. Julie wants to know how many workbooks she will use for the school year. The subjects she is studying are math, science, and reading. Each subject has 2 workbooks. What number sentence can be used to find the total number of workbooks Julie will use for the school year?
USE DATA For 5–6, use the table below.
5. At the bake sale, 9 people bought slices of pie. Each person bought the same number of slices for $2 each. How many slices of pie did each person buy?
6. How many cookies, brownies, and cupcakes were sold in all?
Name Lesson 4.7
Bake Sale Final Sales
Item Number Sold
cupcakes 147
cookies 211
slices of pie 54
slices of cake 39
brownies 97
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
division; 12 hours
multiplication; 144 cookies
12 � 9 � 108; 9 � 12 � 108; 108 � 12 � 9; 108 � 9 � 12; 9 bags
3 � 2 � 6
6 slices
455
PracticePW26© Harcourt • Grade 4
Algebra: Find Missing FactorsFind the missing factor.
1. 4 � g � 20
2. y � 3 � 27
3. 8 � w � 48
4. 7 � a � 49
5. � � 2 � 24
6. 9 � r � 81
7. 4 � � � 36
8. 7 � s � 77
9. 5 � � � 23 � 2
10. 8 � � � 20 � 4
11. 6 � � � 11 � 7
12. 10 � � � 15 � 5
13. 7 �
� � 12 � 2
14. 3 � � � 16 � 5
15. 4 � � � 13 � 3
Problem Solving and Test Prep 16. Each season, a total of 32 tickets are
given away. Each chosen family is given 4 free tickets. Write a number sentence that can be used to find the number of families that will receive tickets.
17. The manager of the Antelopes orders 4 uniforms for each new player. This year, the manager orders 16 uniforms. Write a number sentence that can be used to find the number of new players.
18. The Ants won 121 games this year. They won the same number of games for each of 11 months. Which number sentence can be used to find the number of games the Ants won each month?
A 121 � � � 11
B 11 � � � 121
C 12 � 12 � 144 � �
D 10 � � � 100
19. The community softball club has 120 members. They need to hire one coach for every 12 players. How many coaches will the community softball club need to hire?
A 0
B 11
C 12
D 10
Name Lesson 4.8
g = 5
a = 7
� = 9
y = 9 w = 6
� = 2
� = 2
� = 12 r = 9
� = 5
� = 2
� = 4
s = 11
� = 3
� = 7
Possible answer: � � 4 � 32 Possible answer: � � 4 � 16
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B D
PW25-PW26© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW25-PW26MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW25-PW26 6/19/07 3:13:02 PM6/19/07 3:13:02 PM
Lesson 5.1Item Suggested rationale
2 use the associative property
3 use the zero property
4 use the identity property
10identify the associative property
12 make a model to solve
13make a model to find the product
16 place parentheses
18solve a problem using the distributive property
19multiple choice; word problem that needs to be grouped with parentheses
Lesson 5.2Item Suggested rationale
2practice writing multiplication expressions
4practice writing division expressions
5practice evaluating expressions
8practice evaluating expressions
10determine the meaning of an expression
12problem solving; practice writing expressions
14multiple choice; practice relating words to an expression
PracticePW27© Harcourt • Grade 4
Multiplication PropertiesUse the properties and mental math to find the product.
1. 3 � 4 � 2
2. 4 � 5 � 5
3. 7 � 4 � 0
4. 7 � 12 � 1
Find the missing number. Name the property you used.
5. (5 � 3) � 4 � 5 � (� � 4)
6. 3 � 5 � 5 � �
7. 8 � � � (2 � 10) � (6 � 2)
8. 3 � (7 � �) � 3
9. 8 � (5 � 3 � 2) � �
10. 3 � (2 � 4) � � � (2 � 3)
Make a model and use the Distributive Property to find the product.
11. 14 � 6
12. 5 � 15
13. 9 � 17
Show two ways to group by using parentheses. Find the product.
14. 2 � 5 � 6
15. 4 � 3 � 2
16. 9 � 3 � 4
Problem Solving and Test Prep17. The pet store window has 5 kennels
with 4 puppies in each and 6 kennels with 6 kittens in each. Are there more puppies or kittens? How many more?
18. Jake takes his dog on a long walk 3 times each week. They walk for 4 blocks. They pass 12 houses on each block. How many houses do Jake and his dog pass each week on their long walk?
19. Each box of cat toys has 10 packets. Each packet contains 2 toys. How many cat toys are there in 5 boxes?
A 200 C 100
B 190 D 150
20. Each student receives 3 workbooks. Each workbook contains 12 pages. How many pages do 3 students receive?
A 108 C 36
B 48 D 72
Name Lesson 5.1
24 100 0 84
3; associative 3; commutative
4; distributive 6; identity
0; zero 4; associative
84 75 153
2 � (5 � 6); (2 � 5) � 6; 60
more kittens; 16 more 144 houses
4 � (3 � 2); (4 � 3) � 2; 24
9 � (3 � 4); (9 � 3) � 4; 108
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C A
Check students’ models
PracticePW28© Harcourt • Grade 4
Multiplication and Division ExpressionsWrite an expression that matches the words. Tell what the expression represents.
1. stamps, s, divided equally in 6 rows
2. some peas, p, in each of 10 pods
3. some marbles, m, on sale at 15¢ each
4. 42 cookies divided among several students, s
Find the value of the expression.
5. y � 5 if y � 6
6. 63 � b if b � 7
7. 9 � a if a � 2
8. r � 6 if r � 54
Match the expression with the words.
9. (4 � t) � 8
10. (t � 12) � 4
11. (t � 2) � 8
a. a number, t, divided by 2 minus 8
b. 4 times a number, t, plus 8
c. a number, t, times 12 and separated into 4 pieces
Problem Solving and Test Prep12. Ella has some pages with 9 stickers
on each page. Write an expression for the number of stickers Ella has.
13. Look at Exercise 12. Suppose Ella has 12 pages. How many stickers does Ella have in all?
14. Robert has 7 times as many soap box racers as Xavier. Let r represent the number of soap box racers Robert has. Which expression shows the number of soap box racers Robert has?
A 7 � rB r � 7C 7 � rD r � 7
15. Fran needs to write 121 letters. She writes the same number of letters each day. Write an expression for the number of days it takes Fran to write all the letters. How many days does it take Fran to write all the letters if she writes 11 letters each day? Explain.
Name Lesson 5.2
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
s � 6; stamps in each row p � 10; total number of peas
15¢ � m; total price of marbles
42 � s; cookies per student
30 9 18 9
b c a
p � 9 108 stickers
let d � number of days; 121 � d; 11 days since 121 � 11 � 11.
C
PW27-PW28© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW27-PW28MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW27-PW28 7/2/07 11:58:58 AM7/2/07 11:58:58 AM
Lesson 5.3Item Suggested rationale
1practice following the order of operations
4practice following the order of operations
5determine whether the order of operations has been followed correctly
8determine whether the order of operations has been followed correctly
9follow the order of operations to make a number sentence true
11follow the order of operations to make a number sentence true
13solve a problem using the order of operations
14multiple choice; finding the value of an expression using order of operations
Lesson 5.4Item Suggested rationale
3 practice writing an equation
4 practice writing an equation
7practice solving multiplication equations
10practice solving division equations
12practice solving multiplication equations
13practice solving a problem by multiplying
15multiple choice; finding the value of an expression with a variable
PracticePW29© Harcourt • Grade 4
Order of OperationsFollow the order of operations to find the value of each expression.
1. 7 � 10 � 3
2. (41 � 5) � 6
3. 7 � 25 � 5
4. 31 � 72 � 8
Write correct if the operations are listed in the correct order. If not, write the correct order of operations.
5. (7 � 8) � 4 Multiply, divide
6. 36 � 7 � 3 Subtract, multiply
7. 4 � 6 � 3 Add, multiply
8. 28 � (4 � 6) � 12 Subtract, multiply, add
Use the numbers listed to make a true number sentence.
9. 5, 6, and 42
� � � 42
10. 3, 15, and 21
� � � 12
11. 7, 9, and 81
� � � 2
Problem Solving and Test Prep12. Students get $2 off the price of
admission at a local museum. If admission is $8 and 5 students and 2 teachers will visit, how much will their admissions cost in all?
13. At the museum, Wally buys 2 books for $8 each and a kazoo for $12. Kent buys one book for $9, a statue for $13, and 4 pens for $3 each. Who spends more money: Wally or Kent? How much more?
14. Find the value of 56 � 49 � 7 � 4.
A 5
B 24
C 52
D 53
15. Find the value of 5 � 45 � 5 � 5.
A 5
B 10
C 19
D 15
Name Lesson 5.3
37 6 12 40
correct multiply, subtract
multiply, add multiply, subtract, add
6 15 81
$46 Kent spends $6 more
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
D C
5 42 21 3 9 7
PracticePW30© Harcourt • Grade 4
Multiplication and Division EquationsWrite an equation for each. Choose the variable for the unknown. Tell what the variable represents.
1. Three students divide 27 bracelets equally among themselves.
2. Two bags of beads with equal pounds makes a total of 50 pounds.
3. Maddie plants 3 seeds in each of15 pots.
4. Jesse divides 36 ornaments equally and puts them into 9 bags.
Solve the equation.
5. a � 6 � 48
6. d � 4 � 7
7. 3 � w � 27
8. 63 � n � 9
9. b � 5 � 5
10. 22 � t � 11
11. 4 � k � 3 � 24
12. 5 � h � 3 � 45
Problem Solving and Test Prep13. Phyllis is making rings. Each ring has
3 beads. If Phyllis can make 7 rings, how many beads does she have?
14. Ted divided 56 blocks equally among 8 bags. How many blocks were in each bag?
15. In which equation does t � 3?
A t � 12 � 4
B 36 � t � 12
C t � 5 � 30
D 15 � t � 60
16. Seven friends paid a total of $21 to enter a craft fair. Write an equation to show the price of one admission. Then solve the equation.
Name Lesson 5.4
Possible variables are given.
27 � b � 3, b is bracelets per student
2 � b � 50, b is total number of bags
3 � 15 � p, p is total number of seeds
36 � r � 9, r is ornaments in each bag
d � 28a � 8 w � 9 n � 7
b � 25 t � 2 k � 2 h � 3
21 beads 7 blocks
21 � 7 � p; admission is $3 per person
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
PW29-PW30© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW29-PW30MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW29-PW30 6/19/07 3:13:15 PM6/19/07 3:13:15 PM
Lesson 5.6Item Suggested rationale
2determine whether a number meets definition of an inequality
4determine whether a number meets definition of an inequality
5choose numbers that meet the definition of an inequality
6choose numbers that meet the definition of an inequality
7 write an inequality
10 write an inequality
11multiple choice; finding the value of inequalities with variables
Lesson 5.5Item Suggested rationale
2predict and test to solve a problem
3predict and test to solve a problem
4predict and test to solve a problem
6use logical reasoning to solve a problem
8use logical reasoning to solve a problem
10use logical reasoning to solve a problem
PracticePW31© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Predict and Test
Problem Solving Strategy PracticePredict and test to solve.
1. Betty likes to solve number puzzles. Here is the most recent one she found. The product of two numbers is 48. Their sum is 14. What are the two numbers?
2. Kim is thinking of two numbers. The quotient is 4 and the difference is 27. What are the two numbers?
3. Kyle and Ellie played basketball. Kyle scored half as many points as Ellie. Together they scored 27 points. How many points did each player score?
4. Don bought two puzzle books. Together, they cost $19. One book cost $5 more than the other. How much did each book cost?
Mixed Strategy Practice USE DATA For 5–10, complete the table.
Name Lesson 5.5
Sum Product Difference Two Numbers
5. 10 21 4 ,
6. 10 0 ,
7. 10 16 ,
8. 18 3 ,
9. 15 54 ,
10. 8 0 ,
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
6 and 8 9 and 36
Ellie: 18 points; Kyle: 9 points $7 and $12
7 3
5 5
8 2
6 9
4 4
6 3
25
6
3
16
9
PracticePW32© Harcourt • Grade 4
Explore InequalitiesWhich of the numbers 8, 9, 10, and 11 make the inequality true?
1. m � 9
2. 9 � x
3. b � 4 � 13
4. x � 6 � 2
Use the number lines below to graph three whole numbers that make the inequality true.
5. 4 � y 6. 8 � m � 3
Write an inequality to match the words. Choose the variable for the unknown. Tell what the variable represents.
7. June’s watering can holds up to 5 quarts of water.
8. Tom will add less than 4 tablespoons of plant food.
Problem Solving and Test Prep 9. April spilled more than 3 teaspoons of
pumpkin seeds. Write an inequality to show how many seeds, p, April spilled.
10. A Scotch pine can grow to a height of 50 feet. Write an inequality to show how high a Scotch pine, p, can grow.
11. Which value of r makes the inequality true?
r � 7
A r � 8
B r � 6
C r � 17
D r � 19
12. Which value of p makes the inequality true?
p � 4 � 8
A p � 3
B p � 2
C p � 1
D p � 4
Name Lesson 5.6
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1010 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1010
8, 9 10, 11 10, 11 9, 10, 11
Check students’ number lines.
c � 5; c is the amount of water in the can
f � 4; f is the amount of plant food added
p � 3 p � 50
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B D
PW31-PW32© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW31-PW32MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW31-PW32 6/19/07 3:13:21 PM6/19/07 3:13:21 PM
Lesson 5.7Item Suggested rationale
3write a rule as an equation to find missing numbers in a table
4write a rule as an equation to find missing numbers in a table
5make a table using a rule and an equation
6make a table using a rule and an equation
7solve a problem by writing an equation for a rule
8finding a rule from data in a table
Lesson 6.1Item Suggested rationale
2recognize more than one way to tell time
6recognize more than one way to tell time; estimate time
7recognize more than one way to tell time; estimate time
11relate time measurement to common events or activities
13 estimate time
15multiple choice; recognize more than one way to tell time
PW33 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Patterns: Find a RuleFind a rule. Write your rule as an equation. Use your rule to find the missing numbers.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Use the rule and the equation to make an input/output table.
5. Multiply a by 3, subtract 1.(a � 3) � 1 � b
6. Divide c by 2, add 1.(c � 2) � 1 � d
Problem Solving and Test Prep 7. USE DATA Use the milk label. Hal has
3 servings of milk each day. How many grams of protein will Hal get in 5, 6, and 7 days? Write an equation.
8. What equation shows a rule for the table?
9. What equation shows a rule for the table?
Name Lesson 5.7
Input, c 4 8 32 128 512
Output, d 1 2 8
Input, r 4 5 6 7 8
Output, s 8 10 12
Input, a 10 20 30 40 50
Output, b 1 2 3
Input, m 85 80 75 70 65
Output, n 17 16 15
Input, a
Output, b
Input, c
Output, d
Input, p (pints) 1 2 3 4 5
Output, c (cups) 2 4 6 8 10
Input, p 2 4 6 8 10
Output, g 6 12 18 24 30
Amount per serving
Total Carb. 32mg
Sodium 50mg
Protein 8g
Divide c by 4; c � 4 � d Multiply r by 2; r � 2 � s
Divide a by 10; a � 10 � b Divide m by 5; m � 5 � n
120, 144, 168 grams; equations may vary; p � 3 � 8 � d where p is the number of grams of protein total and d is the number of days.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible rules are given.
32 128 14 16
144 5 13
Check students’ tables.
Possible answer: p � 2 � c Possible answer: p � 3 � g
PracticePW34© Harcourt • Grade 4
Telling TimeWrite the time as shown on a digital clock.
1. two fifty-two
2. 12 minutes after eight
3. half past six
Write two ways to read the time. Then estimate to the nearest 5 minutes.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Tell whether to use seconds, minutes, hours, or days to measure the time.
10. to travel around the world
11. to look up the meaning of a word
12. to make a model plane from scratch
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 13–14, use the clock at the right.
13. To the nearest 5 minutes, what time is it?
14. Write the time in two other ways.
15. Jose has lunch at a quarter after eleven in the morning. Which time is it?
A 10:45 A.M. C 11:30 A.M.
B 11:15 A.M. D 11:45 A.M.
16. Greg says that it is 11 minutes until three in the afternoon. Which time is it?A 3:11 P.M. C 2:49 P.M.
B 2:49 A.M. D 3:11 A.M.
Name Lesson 6.1
2:33 P.M. 4:16 A.M 6:47 P.M.
8910
11 12
7 6 543
21
8910
11 12
7 6 543
21
8910
11 12
7 6 543
21
8910
11 12
7 6 543
21
A.M.
2:52 8:12 6:30
days min hours
8:45 A.M.
8:44 A.M.; sixteen minutes until 9
10:04:31; twenty-nineseconds before ten-o-five; 10:05
sixteen minutes after four in the morning; four sixteen; 4:15 A.M.
thirty-three minutes after two in the afternoon; two thirty-three; 2:35 P.M.
7:57:58; 2 minutes three seconds to eight; 8:00
8:12:55; five seconds before eight thirteen; 8:15
Possible answers are given.
forty-seven minutes after six in the evening; six forty-seven; 6:45 P.M.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
BC
PW33-PW34© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW33-PW34MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW33-PW34 6/19/07 3:13:28 PM6/19/07 3:13:28 PM
Lesson 6.2Item Suggested rationale
1reinforce the concept of elapsed time
3reinforce the concept of elapsed time
5find starting time when given end and elapsed times
7find starting time when given end and elapsed times
9find start time when given end and elapsed times
11find start time when given end and elapsed times
14find elapsed time to the nearest second
15multiple choice; find elapsed time
Lesson 6.3Item Suggested rationale
1 find elapsed time using weeks
3 find elapsed time using days
4find beginning time when ending and elapsed times are given
7explain the concept of holidays not on the same date each year
9multiple choice; find elapsed time using days
PracticePW35© Harcourt • Grade 4
Elapsed TimeFind the elapsed time.
1. start: 8:15 A.M. end: 8:55 A.M.
2. start: 6:50 P.M. end: 7:20 P.M.
3. start: 7:35 A.M. end: 7:15 P.M.
4. start: 9:55 A.M. end: 1:45 P.M.
Find the start time.
5. end: 11:35 P.M. elapsed time: 6 hr 55 min
6. end: 6:25 A.M. elapsed time: 55 min
7. end: 11:41 A.M. elapsed time: 2 hr 12 min
8. end: 8:15 P.M. elapsed time: 12 hr 25 min
9. end: 11:35 A.M. elapsed time: 3 hr 5 min
10. end: 6:12 A.M. elapsed time: 7 hr 3 min
11. end: 9:25 A.M. elapsed time: 1 hr 50 min
12. end: 11:50 A.M. elapsed time: 5 hr 20 min
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 13–14, use the table.
13. At which stop did the bus spend the most time?
14. The bus arrived at the library at 3:12 P.M. To the nearest second, when did it leave the library?
15. The basketball team starts practice right after the school day ends. They finish practice at 6:00 P.M., which is 2 hours and 30 minutes after the school day ends. What time does the school day end?
A 6:30 P.M.
B 4:00 P.M.
C 3:30 P.M.
D 2:30 P.M.
16. Ms. Smith’s social studies class starts at 10:15 A.M. and ends at 11:20 A.M. How long is the class?
A 1 hour
B 1 hour 5 minutes
C 1 hour 15 minutes
D 1 hour 20 minutes
Name Lesson 6.2
Time Spent at Bus Stops
Stop Elapsed Time (min:sec)
Avery School 2:05
Central Mall 3:15
Library 1:34
Post Offi ce 1:12
40 min 30 min 11 hr 40 min 3 hr 50 min
4:40 P.M. 5:30 A.M. 9:29 A.M. 7:50 A.M.
8:30 A.M. 11:09 P.M. 7:35 A.M. 6:30 A.M.
Central Mall
3:13:34 P.M.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
C
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C06_L2.indd PW35 7/2/07 9:56:28 AM
PracticePW36© Harcourt • Grade 4
Elapsed Time on a CalendarFor 1–5, use the calendars.
1. About how many weeks are there between May 13 and June 26?
2. Lyle practices for 16 days in preparation for a recital on June 8. When did Lyle start practicing?
3. Ginger has an appointment May 16. Today is May 5. How many days are there until Ginger’s appointment?
4. Flag Day is June 14. Todd is going on vacation 3 weeks and 3 days before Flag Day. When is Todd going on vacation?
5. Beginning on May 28, there is a sale at the department store. The sale lasts for 12 days. What is the last date of the department store’s sale?
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 6–9, use the calendars above.
6. How many days are there between National Teacher’s Day (May 6) and Memorial Day (May 26)?
7. National Teacher’s Day is always the first Tuesday in May. Explain why it will not always fall on May 6 every year.
8. If today is June 15, how many days have passed since May 13?
A 15 days C 26 days
B 32 days D 16 days
9. Mrs. Greer returned home from a trip on June 29 at 12:01 A.M. If she left on Flag Day (June 14) at 12:01 A.M., how many days was Mrs. Greer gone?A 15 days C 2 days
B 16 days D 12 days
Name Lesson 6.3
May
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
June
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
about 6 weeks
May 23
11 days
May 21 June 8
20 days
Possible answer: because dates do not fall on the same day each year
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
A
PW35-PW36© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW35-PW36MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW35-PW36 7/2/07 11:59:19 AM7/2/07 11:59:19 AM
Lesson 6.4Item Suggested rationale
2 convert months to years
3 convert days to hours
5convert years and months to months
6 convert years and days to days
7 compare hours and days
10 compare weeks and days
12 compare and order events
13multiple choice; convert weeks to days
Lesson 6.5Item Suggested rationale
1sequence information to determine elapsed time
2sequence information to make a timeline
3sequence information to determine elapsed time
5sequence information by working backward
6 determine unit cost
PracticePW37© Harcourt • Grade 4
Algebra: Change Units of TimeComplete. Tell whether you multiply or divide.
1. 192 hours � days 2. 84 months � years
3. 14 days � hours 4. minutes � 300 seconds
5. years months � 32 months 6. 4 years days � 1,475 days
Compare. Write �, �, or � for each .
7. 180 hours 7 days 8. 1,080 hours 8 weeks
9. 660 seconds 15 minutes 10. 208 weeks 1,456 days
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 11–12, use the table.
11. How many hours do the females fish at sea?
12. Which penguin fact represents the least amount of time? the greatest amount of time?
13. Matt goes to camp for 13 weeks. How many days does Matt go to camp?
A 91 days
B 86 days
C 67 days
D 70 days
14. The Reagan family has a 15-year mortgage loan on their home. How many months will it take the Reagan family to repay the loan?
A 150 months
B 200 months
C 120 months
D 180 months
Name Lesson 6.4
Emperor Penguins: Facts
Event or Activity Approximate Time
Females make and lay egg 2 months 1 week
Females keep egg warm 2 hours
Males keep egg warm 63 days
Females fi sh at sea 8 weeks
Males may go without food 4 months
Males fi sh at sea 24 days
Longest recorded dive for food 22 minutes
8
5
152
. ,
�
336
,
1,344 hours
longest recorded dive for food; males may go without food.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
8
7
AD
divide divide
multiply divide
divide divide
PracticePW38© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Sequence InformationProblem Solving Skill PracticeUse a timeline to sequence the information.Then solve the problem.For 1–3, use the table.
1. The first hamburger stand opened in Tulsa, Oklahoma, 13 years after the first hamburger was eaten on a bun. What year did the first hamburger stand open?
2. Use the table and the information in Exercise 1 to make a timeline to sequence the information.
Mixed Applications 3. The largest burger chain opened in California in 1954. How long was that after
burgers first became the rage at the St. Louis World’s Fair?
4. Make your own timeline of the first time you tried some of your favorite activities. Use the Hamburger Timeline as a model.
5. It took Sandra 2 hours to run her errands. She went to the bank first. Then she spent 25 minutes at the hair salon and 40 minutes getting groceries. Sandra arrived home at 6:30 P.M. How long was Sandra at the bank?
6. The market’s regular price for a jar of pickles is 95 cents. This week, there is a sale: two jars of pickles for 98 cents. What is the difference between the sale price per jar and the regular price per jar?
Name Lesson 6.5
19301880
History of the Hamburger Timeline
History of the Hamburger
Event Date
First hamburger chain opens 1921
Hamburgers become the rage at the St. Louis World’s Fair
1904
First hamburger eaten between slices of bread
1885
First hamburger eaten on a bun 1891
1904
Check students’ timelines.
50 years
Check students’ timelines.
55 minutes
46 cents
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
PW37-PW38© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW37-PW38MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW37-PW38 6/19/07 3:13:43 PM6/19/07 3:13:43 PM
Lesson 6.6Item Suggested rationale
2practice reading ºF and ºC thermometers
7practice reading ºF and ºC thermometers
9practice reading and estimating ºF and ºC thermometers
10practice reading and estimating ºF and ºC thermometers
11practice finding change in temperature
13practice finding change in temperature
18 practice ordering temperature
20multiple choice; determine change in temperature
Lesson 6.7Item Suggested rationale
2locate positive and negative numbers on a number line
4locate positive and negative numbers on a number line
6graph and compare positive and negative numbers on a number line
8graph and compare positive and negative numbers on a number line
10relate positive and negative numbers to real situations
13relate positive and negative numbers to real situations
14recognize whether a number is positive or negative in real situations
16multiple choice; order positive and negative numbers
PracticePW39© Harcourt • Grade 4
TemperatureUse the thermometer to find the temperature shown by each letter.
1. A
2. B
3. C
4. D
5. E
6. F
7. G
8. H
Write each temperature. Then estimate to the nearest 5 degrees.
9.
10.
Use a thermometer to find the change in temperature.
11. 20�F to 5�F
12. 13�F to 72�F
13. �8�C to 35�C
14. 63�C to 42�C
Choose the better estimate.
15. hot tea: 30�C or 95�C
16. lake: 50�F or 100�F
17. ice cream: 3�C or 40�C
Problem Solving and Test Prep
18. Order the temperatures below from greatest to least. 100�C; �45�C; �12�C, 32�C
19. Bruce measures the temperature outside one morning and it is 45�F. What is the temperature the next morning if the temperature increases by 20 degrees?
20. The temperature dropped from 15�C to �8�C. What was the change in temperature?
A 23º C C 8º C
B 15º C D 7º C
21. Which of the following is most likely to have a temperature of 212�F?
A Ice cream C Pond
B Oven D Pool
°F °C
–10
0
10
20
30
50
–20
20
10
–10
0
30 E
B
40
60
70
80
FC
D
AG
H
Name Lesson 6.6
0
-10
-5
°C °F
70
60
65
25�F 70�F 55�F 40�F
�5�F85�F 50�F 32�F
�4�C; �5�C 62�F; 60�F
15�F 43�C59�F 21�C
95�C 50�F 3�C
100�C; 32�C; �12�C; �45�C; 65�F
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
AB
PW40© Harcourt • Grade 4
Practice
Explore Negative NumbersName the number represented by each letter.
1. A 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. E
Draw a number line and graph the numbers. Compare using � or �.
6. �6 �8 7. �5 �11 8. �3 �4 9. �15 �15
Write a positive or negative number to represent each situation.
10. Fred spends all of his $8 allowance.
11. Mary buys 12 roses.
12. Ruth wins the game by 15 points.
13. Sam and Saya eat the last 7 apples.
Problem Solving and Test Prep14. Hans answers 10 questions correctly
on the test. Is this a positive or a negative number?
15. Martin loses five dollar bills in the laundry. Is this a positive or a negative number?
16. Order from least to greatest:�5, �2, �3, and �6.
A �2, �3, �5, �6
B �3, �5, �2, �6
C �2, �6, �3, �5
D �6, �2, �3, �5
17. Order from greatest to least:�6, �9, �4, and 0.
A �9, �6, 0, �4
B �4, 0, �6, �9
C 0, �4, �6, �9
D �9, �6, �4, 0
Name Lesson 6.7
-20 -10 0 +10 +20
AE BCD
0 �13 �9 �4 �18
. , . ,
�$8 �12
�15 �7
positive
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
AD
negative
PW39-PW40© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW39-PW40MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW39-PW40 6/19/07 3:13:49 PM6/19/07 3:13:49 PM
Lesson 7.1Item Suggested rationale
2read and interpret data in a table
5calculate to interpret data in a table
7determine whether data are categorical or numerical
9calculate to interpret data in a table
10 calculate totals from a table
11multiple choice; solve a problem using a table
Lesson 7.2Item Suggested rationale
2interpret data in a Venn diagram
3 place data in a Venn diagram
5 draw a Venn diagram
7interpret data from a Venn diagram
9multiple choice; interpret data from a Venn diagram
PracticePW41© Harcourt • Grade 4
Collect and Organize DataFor 1–2, use the Favorite Snacks frequency table.Tell whether each statement is true or false. Explain.
1. More students chose carrots than bananas as their favorite snack.
2. More students chose carrots and celery as their favorite than chose apples and bananas.
For 3–5, use the Sports Participation frequency table.
3. How many more boys participate in volleyball than tennis?
4. How many more girls participate in golf than in tennis?
5. How many more boys and girls together play softball than volleyball?
Tell whether the data are numerical or categorical.
6. shoe size
7. rainfall
8. bird population
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 9–10, use the Sports Participation table above.
9. Which is the most popular sport for girls? for boys?
10. Who has the largest overall participation in sports: girls or boys?
11. How many people were surveyed?
A 186
B 194
C 196
D 200
12. What question would you ask if you were taking a survey about favorite sports?
Students’ Favorite SnacksSnack Votes
Apple 12Banana 7Carrots 8Celery 4
Sports ParticipationSport Boys Girls
Golf 12 19Softball 18 17Tennis 9 11Volleyball 13 12
Favorite Sport VotesGolf 37Softball 63Tennis 52Volleyball 44
Name Lesson 7.1
True. 8 chose carrots, 7 chose bananas
False. 19 chose apples and bananas, 12 chose carrots and celery
4 more boys
8 more girls
10 more boys and girls
categorical numerical numerical
girls- golf, boys- softball girls
Possible answer: What is your favorite sport?
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C
PracticePW42© Harcourt • Grade 4
Venn DiagramsFor 1–4, use the Venn diagram.
1. Describe and label the data for Sections B and C?
2. Why are the numbers 20 and 40 sorted in Section B of the diagram? 4. If Section A were multiples of 45 and
Section C were multiples of 71, would Section B contain a number less than 100? Explain.
3. In which section would you sort the number 60? Explain.
For 5–6, use the Breakfast Choices table.
5. Show the results in the Venn diagram at the right.
6. What data overlaps? Explain.
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 7–8, use the Breakfast Choices table.
7. How many students chose either cereal or fruit?
8. What would need to change in order for there to be no overlapping data?
9. Look at the Multiples Venn diagram at the top of the page. Which number belongs in Section C?
A 22 C 204
B 28 D 250
10. Look at the Multiples Venn diagram at the top of the page. Which number belongs in Section B?
A 30 C 80
B 50 D 65
Name Lesson 7.2
Breakfast ChoicesFood Student NamesCereal Jane, Mani, Liddy, Steve, Ana
Fruit Ben, Cecee, Beth Both Dave, Raiza
of 4 :
of :
of :
4 8
1216
2040
5 10
2515
A B CMultiples
Multiples of 4 and 5, multiples of 5.
They are multiples of both 4 and 5.
Section B, multiples of both 4 and 5.
No, there are no multiples of both 45 and 71 that are less than 100
Check students’ diagrams.
Dave and Raiza. They chose both fruit and cereal.
8 studentsDave and Raiza would have to change their answer.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
D C
PW41-PW42© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW41-PW42MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW41-PW42 6/19/07 3:13:56 PM6/19/07 3:13:56 PM
Lesson 7.3Item Suggested rationale
2mean, median, and mode from a table
3use tables to compare the median of the data
4 use tables to compare data
5multiple choice; find the median
6 multiple choice; find the mode
Lesson 7.4Item Suggested rationale
1practice making tally sheets and line plots from data
3 analyze data
4 draw conclusions from data
6practice finding measures of central tendency in a data set
7multiple choice; find the mean from a data set
PracticePW43© Harcourt • Grade 4
Find Mean, Median, and ModeFind the mean, median, and mode.
1.
Mean
Median
Mode
2.
Mean
Median
Mode
For 3–4, use the graphs.
3. What is the difference between the median number of T-Shirts sold in May and the median number of T-Shirts sold in June?
4. How many more total T-Shirts were sold in June than in May?
Problem Solving and Test Prep 5. What is the median of the following
set of data?
4, 7, 10, 9, 9, 5, 7, 8, 8, 9.
A 5
B 8C 9
D 10
6. Look at the T-Shirts Sold in June bar graph above. What is the mode for the data?
A 9
B 10
C 15
D 18
Name Lesson 7.3
RainfallMonth Nov Dec Jan Feb MarInches 1 2 7 8 2
Animals FedDays Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri SatNumber 5 12 5 9 10 7
181614121086420
Red Blue Green White
T-Shirts Sold in May
181614121086420
Red Blue Green White
T-Shirts Sold in June
4 8
B
22
85
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
1 tee10 more tees
C
PracticePW44© Harcourt • Grade 4
Line PlotsFor 1–4, use the Tourist Souvenir Survey data.
1. Use the data to fill in the tally table and line plot at the right.
2. Are there clumps in the data? Explain.
3. Is there a hole in the data? Explain.
4. Did most people buy 1 or 2 souvenirs or buy 5 or 6 souvenirs?
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 5–8, use the line plot you made above.
5. The people who bought 4 souvenirs spent $2 for each one. How much did all the people who bought 4 souvenirs spend in all?
6. Find the mode, the median, and the total number of souvenirs bought.
7. What is the mean of the number of souvenirs bought?
A 3
B 6
C 15
D 18
8. What is the range of the number of souvenirs bought?
A 3
B 5
C 8
D 10
Tourist Souvenir Survey
Question: How many souvenirs did you buy at the gift shop while at the Kennedy Space Center Visitor Complex?
Responses: 2, 1, 5, 4, 1, 2, 5, 2, 1, 6, 1, 1, 2, 4, 6, 5, 2, 1, 1, 6, 2, 5, 2, 6, 2
Number of Souvenirs Tally
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name Lesson 7.4
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910Number of Souvenirs Bought
Check students’ tally tables and line plots.
yes, between 1 and 2
yes, no one bought 3 souvenirs
1 or 2
$16mode: 2, median: 2, total: 75
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
AB
PW43-PW44© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW43-PW44MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW43-PW44 6/19/07 3:14:03 PM6/19/07 3:14:03 PM
Lesson 7.5Item Suggested rationale
1determine an appropriate interval
2determine an appropriate interval
3use a bar graph to find the scale and interval
4find how the length of bars in a bar graph change with the length of intervals
7analyze the data in a bar graph
8analyze the data in a bar graph
9multiple choice; recognize the interval used in a bar graph
Lesson 7.6Item Suggested rationale
1 complete a chart using data
3make generalizations from data
4make generalizations from data
5problem solving; choose the operation
6extend a pattern from data in a table
PracticePW45© Harcourt • Grade 4
Choose a Reasonable Scale and IntervalFor 1–2, choose 5, 10, 25, or 100 as the most reasonable interval for each set of data. Explain your choice.
1. 35, 55, 77, 85, 20, 17
2. 125, 200, 150, 75, 275, 300
For 3–6, use the Favorite Summer Sport graph.
3. What are the scale and the interval used in the graph?
4. How would the length of the bars change if the interval were 10?
5. How many votes were cast in all?
6. How many more votes did swimming
get than croquet and volleyball combined?
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 7–10, use the FavoriteWinter Sport graph.
7. What is the least favorite winter sport?
10. What is the scale for the Favorite Winter Sport graph?
A 0–80 C 0–100
B 0–50 D 0–20
8. How many fewer people voted for sledding than skiing and ice skating combined?
9. What is the interval for the Favorite Winter Sport graph?
A 5 C 15
B 10 D 20
Name Lesson 7.5
Num
ber o
f Vot
es
4540353025201510
50
Volleyball Croquet Swimming HikingSport
Favorite Summer Sport
Num
ber o
f Vot
es
100908070605040302010
0Sledding Ice Skating Skiing Basketball
Sport
Favorite Winter Sport
10 25
scale: 0�45; interval: 5
Bars would be shorter.
105 votes
10 more votes
skiing
25
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Explanations will vary.
B C
PW46 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Make Generalizations
Problem Solving Skill PracticeFor 1–3, use the table. Make a generalization. Then solve the problem.
1. Complete the chart below with the data from the table at the right.
2. Kosi is 5’9” tall. What is a healthy weight range for Kosi?
3. Gwen is a healthy adult who weighs 135 pounds. According to the chart, what might be Gwen’s range in height?
Mixed ApplicationsFor 4–7, use the table above.
4. How much greater is the weight range of a healthy adult who is 6’0” tall than one who is 5’7”?
5. Gino weighs 180 pounds. About how much more does Gino weigh than Jo who is at maximum weight for 5’9”?
6. If the pattern continues, what will be the range of healthy weights for an adult who is 6’1” tall?
7. Look at Exercise 4. Change the numbers to write a new problem.
Known Information
The table shows the healthy weight range for adults. Adults who are tall should weigh between and 184 pounds. Healthy adults who weigh between 139 and 174 pounds may be about tall. An adult who is 5’7” should weigh between and
.
• Minimum weights increase in -pound increments.
• Maximum weights increase in -pound increments.
Height (ft, in)
Adult Weight Ranges (in pounds)
Minimum Maximum
5’7” 127 159
5’8” 131 164
5’9” 135 169
5’10” 139 174
5’11” 143 179
6’0” 147 184
Name Lesson 7.6
135–169
5’7”–5’9”
5 pounds 11 pounds
151–189 pounds
Check students’ problems.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
6’0”
127
147
5’10”
159
4
5
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C07_L6.indd PW46 7/2/07 9:58:09 AM
PW45-PW46© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW45-PW46MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW45-PW46 7/2/07 11:59:42 AM7/2/07 11:59:42 AM
Lesson 8.1Item Suggested rationale
1determine the range of the data
3 interpret a bar graph
6 interpret a bar graph
8 interpret a bar graph
9multiple choice; interpret a bar graph
Lesson 8.2Item Suggested rationale
1 practice making a bar graph
2practice making a double-bar graph
3 interpret data in a bar graph
5 interpret data in a bar graph
8interpret data in a double-bar graph
PW47 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Bar GraphsFor 1–6, use the Distance of Planets bar graph.
1. An Astronomical Unit (AU) is the average distance between the Earth and the Sun. Scientists use Astronomical Units to help represent other large distances. According to the data shown in the graph, what is the range of AU shown?
2. Which planet in the graph is farthest from the sun?
3. Which planet is 6 times farther away from the Sun than Jupiter?
4. Which planet’s distance from the Sun is the median of the data?
5. List the names of the planets in the
graph in order from the greatest average distance from the Sun to the least average distance from the Sun.
6. Of the planets shown in the graph, which planet do you think is the coldest? the warmest? Explain.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 7–10, use the Average Distance of Planets bar graph above.
7. How many AU further is Uranus’ average distance from the Sun than Jupiter’s average distance from the Sun?
8. How many AU closer is Earth’s average distance from the Sun than Saturn’s average distance from the Sun?
9. How many AU is the average distance from the sun to the planet Uranus?
A 5 C 19B 10 D 30
10. How many AU is the average distance from the Sun to Neptune?
A 5 C 19B 10 D 30
Name Lesson 8.1
Average Distance of Planetsfrom the Sun
Neptune
Uranus
Saturn
Jupiter
Earth
Distance (rounded to the nearest AU)
(one AU = 93 million miles)
Plan
et
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 320
29 AU
Neptune
Neptune Saturn
Neptune, Uranus, Saturn,
Jupiter, Earth
Neptune because it is far from the heat of the sun. Earth because it is close to the heat of the sun.
14 AU 9 AU
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C D
PracticePW48© Harcourt • Grade 4
Make Bar and Double-Bar GraphsFor 1–2, use the data in the Average Rainfall table to make two bar graphs. Then make a double-bar graph.
1.
2.
For 3–6, use the graphs you made.
3. Which city gets the most rainfall from January through March?
4. During which month does Boulder get the most rainfall?
5. Which city has a greater range of inches of rainfall in the three months?
6. Look at Exercise 2. During which month is the difference in rainfall the greatest? How great?
For 7–8, use the double-bar graph at the right.
7. What is the range of the data?
8. How many more girls than boys like soccer the most?
Average Rainfall (in inches)City Jan Feb Mar
Portland, OR 6 5 5Boulder, CO 1 1 2
Num
ber o
f Stu
dent
s
SportFootball Baseball Soccer
Favorite Sports to Watch
02468
10
Tennis
BoysGirls
Name Lesson 8.2
Average Rainfall in Portland, OR
Aver
age
Rain
fall
(in In
ches
)
Jan Feb Mar01234567
Month
Average Rainfall in Boulder, CO
Aver
age
Rain
fall
(in In
ches
)
Jan Feb Mar01234567
Month
Average Rainfall (in inches)
MonthJan Feb Mar
Boulder, CO
01234567
Aver
age
Rain
fall
(in In
ches
)
Check students’ graphs.
Check students’ graphs.
Portland
March
neither, they both have a range of 1 inch
January, 5 inches
7
6 more girls
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C08_L2.indd PW48 7/2/07 9:58:54 AM
Portland, OR
PW47-PW48© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW47-PW48MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW47-PW48 8/7/07 9:52:51 AM8/7/07 9:52:51 AM
Lesson 8.3Item Suggested rationale
1 interpret circle graphs
3 interpret circle graphs
4compare and interpret circle graphs
6 interpret circle graphs
7multiple choice; interpret circle graphs, total participants
Lesson 8.4Item Suggested rationale
1find points on the coordinate grid
4find points on the coordinate grid
5plot points on the coordinate grid
6plot points on the coordinate grid
7plot points on the coordinate grid
8plot points on the coordinate grid
11use a coordinate grid to describe a path
12multiple choice; understand the meaning of an ordered pair
PracticePW49© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 8.3
Macaroni
Hot Dogs Pizza
Fish
Cat
Dog
A B C
Fish
Cat
Dog
Dog
Fish
Cat
Circle GraphsFor 1–3, use the Favorite School Lunch graph.
1. Which school lunch received less than 1 _ 4 of the votes?
2. Which school lunch received half of the votes?
3. Which school lunch received the least number of votes?
For 4, use Graphs A, B, and C.
4. Dana asked 8 friends about their favorite pet. Three people voted for dogs, 3 for cats and 2 for fish. She says Graph C matches the data. Describe Dana’s error. Tell which graph matches the set of data.
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 5–8, use the Favorite Vegetable graph.
5. Which vegetable received the least number of votes?
6. How many more people voted for carrots than potatoes?
7. In all, how many people voted for a favorite vegetable?
A 200 C 125
B 150 D 100
8. Which is the most favorite vegetable?
A Carrots B Corn
C Broccoli D Potatoes
Broccoli73 votes
Potatoes44 votes
Corn32 votes
Carrots51 votes
Favorite Vegetable
Favorite School Lunch
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Macaroni
Pizza
Graph C shows 5 votes for dogs, 2 for cats and 1 for fish. The votes were 3 for dogs, 3 for cats and 2 for fish. So Graph A is the correct graph.
Corn
7 people
A C
Macaroni
PracticePW50© Harcourt • Grade 4
Algebra: Use a Coordinate GridWrite the point for each ordered pair on the coordinate grid at the right.
1. (0,5) �
2. (7,6) �
3. (4,4) �
4. (1,7) �
Graph each point and label it usingthe ordered pair.
5. (6,4) 6. (1,1)
7. (6,6) 8. (1,9)
9. What polygon is formed by the points (6,4), (1,1), (6,6), and (1,9)?
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 10–11, use the map at the right.
10. Kevin leaves Garden Grocery. He walks 6 units left and 2 units up. Where is Kevin now?
11. Jill leaves Tony’s Toy store to go to Joe’s Art store. Describe Jill’s path.
12. How many units above the origin is (4,7)?
A 11 C 4
B 7 D 3
13. Which of the points in the ordered pairs (8,5) and (4,2) are on the x-axis?
A 8 and 4 C 4 and 5
B 5 and 2 D 8 and 2
Name Lesson 8.4
678910
54321
0 2 3x-axis
y-ax
is
1 4 5 7 8 9 106
678910
54321
0 2 31 4x-axis
y-ax
is
5 7 8 9 106
Tony’s Toy Store
Joe’s Art Store
Garden Grocery
Mike’s Market
678910
54321
0x-axis
y-ax
is
31 4 5 7 8 9 106
A D
E
F
G
H
B
CC
G
D
B
Check students’ graphs
trapezoid
toy store (1, 8)
1 unit down, 3 units right
B A
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
PW49-PW50© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW49-PW50MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW49-PW50 6/19/07 3:14:22 PM6/19/07 3:14:22 PM
Lesson 8.5Item Suggested rationale
1 interpret line graphs
2 interpret line graphs
5 interpret line graphs
6 interpret line graphs
9multiple choice; interpret trends in line graphs
Lesson 8.6Item Suggested rationale
1 make a line graph
2 make a line graph
3make and interpret line graphs
4make and interpret line graphs
PracticePW51© Harcourt • Grade 4
Line GraphsFor 1–5, use the graph at the right.
1. Which is the highest average temperature in Honolulu?
2. During what months are the trends level?
3. What is the range of average high temperatures in Honolulu?
4. Is the trend in the average high temperature increasing or decreasing from January to June?
5. What is the average temperature in Honolulu for February?
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 6–7, use the Rosemary Plant graph.
6. How tall was the plant when Hughgot it?
7. If the trend seen in weeks 0 through 4 continues, what will happen to the rosemary plant in week 5?
8. A line slanting downward on a line graph shows that the data are
A increasing. C staying the same.
B decreasing. D too small to graph.
9. A line slanting upward on a line graph shows that the data are
A increasing. C staying the same.
B decreasing. D too small to graph.
Average Highs in Honolulu
Tem
per
atu
re (
in º
F)
MonthJan Apr May JunMarFeb
86858483828180
87888990
Growth of Hugh’s Rosemary plant
00 1
2
2 3
4
4
6
8
10
12
14
Time (in weeks)
Gro
wth
(in
Inch
es)
Name Lesson 8.5
87 degrees
Jan–Feb
80–87 degrees
increasing
4 in.
the plant will grow 5 inches
80�F
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B A
PracticePW52© Harcourt • Grade 4
Make Line GraphsFor 1–2, use the data in each table to make a line graph.
1.
2.
3. Use the data in the table below to make a line graph in the space at the right. How much money will Bill raise if he swims 100 laps?
4. Use the data in the table below to make a line graph in the space at the right. How many rows will Jenna knit if she knits for 12 hours?
Daily TemperatureDay Mon Tue Wed ThuTemperature(in ºF) 65 70 85 75
Name Lesson 8.6
Touchdowns MadeYear 2004 2005 2006Number ofTouchdowns 10 12 18
Daily Temperature Touchdowns Made
Bill’s Bike-a-Thon
Number of Laps 20 40 60 80
Amount raised $25 $50 $75 $100
Jenna’s Knitting
Number of hours 2 4 6 8
Number of rows 8 16 24 32
Bill’s Bike-a-Thon
Number of Laps
Am
ount
Rai
sed
(in d
olla
rs)
0 20 40 60 80 100
25
50
75
100
125
Jenna’s Knitting
Number of Hours
Num
ber o
f Row
s
0 2 4 6 8 10
48
12162024283236404448
$125
48 rows
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C08_L6.indd PW52 7/2/07 9:59:29 AM
PW51-PW52© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW51-PW52MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW51-PW52 7/2/07 11:59:54 AM7/2/07 11:59:54 AM
Lesson 8.7Item Suggested rationale
1make a graph to solve a problem
3make a graph to solve a problem
5explain your choice of graphs to show data
6use the solve-a-simpler-problem strategy
7 use the act-it-out strategy
Lesson 8.8Item Suggested rationale
1apply criteria for the best type of graphs
4apply criteria for the best type of graphs
6apply criteria for the best type of graphs
8choose the best graph for a set of data
PracticePW53© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Make a Graph
Problem Solving Strategy PracticeFor 1–3, use the Visitors Spending table.Make a graph to solve.
1. Use the space provided at the right to make either a line graph or bar graph to display the data. Label your data.
2. What trend in the data does your graph show?
3. What if you wanted to add that in the year 2000 visitors spent $45 billion. Would that change the trend in the data ?
Mixed Strategy Practice 4. Look at the graph you made above.
What is the range of the data?
5. Explain why you chose one graph type over the other.
6. In the first quarter of 2004, 11,800,000 visitors came to Florida by air and 9,800,000 came by other means of transportation. How many more visitors traveled by air than by other means of transportation?
7. Jeff, Sean, Ida, and Paul are in line to buy souvenirs. Neither Sean nor Paul are first. Jeff is second and Paul is ahead of Sean. In what order are they in line?
Name Lesson 8.7
Visitors Spending in FloridaYear Billions of Dollars
2001 49
2002 50
2003 52
2004 57
2005 62
30
40
50
60
70
20
10
0 20012002
20032004
2005
Check students’ graphs.
Spending is increasing.
No, spending would still be increasing.
$13 billionAnswers will vary.
2 million Ida, Jeff, Paul, Sean
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C08_L7.indd PW53 7/3/07 10:47:54 AM
PracticePW54© Harcourt • Grade 4
Choose an Appropriate GraphFor 1–6, choose and explain the best type of graph or plot for the data.
1. how Drew spends one afternoon
2. the amount of rainfall in a given day
3. favorite toys preferred by cats and dogs in a pet daycare
4. number of students who make As in three different grading periods
5.
6.
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 7, use the line graph at the right.
7. Why is a line graph not the best choice to show the number of students in study hall?
8. Which type of graph would best display the numbers of four different car models sold in a weekend?
A Bar graph C Line graphB Circle graph D Pictograph
9. Which type of graph would best display how many hours students in class spent on homework over 5 days?
A Bar graph C Line graphB Circle graph D Line plot
Mileage Traveled
Day Mon Tues Wed Thurs Fri
Miles 75 30 30 90 120
Bird Wingspan
Bird Hummingbird Crane Goose
Inches 4 84 54
Name Lesson 8.8
Students in Study Hall
Num
ber o
fSt
uden
ts
Class Period
01st 2nd 3rd 4th
51015
circle graph; compares
parts of whole
line graph; shows how
data changes over time
double-bar graph; compares data from two different groups
bar graph; compares
different groups of data
bar graph; compare data
about different categoriesbar graph; compares
different groups of data
A bar graph would be better, because it compares data about different groups.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems
AD
Possible answers are given.
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C08_L8.indd PW54 7/2/07 10:00:13 AM
PW53-PW54© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW53-PW54MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW53-PW54 7/3/07 11:24:51 AM7/3/07 11:24:51 AM
Lesson 8.9Item Suggested rationale
2write an equation to compare an input/output table
3use an equation to make a function table and list and graph the ordered pairs
4use an equation to find ordered pairs
5use an equation to find ordered pairs
6multiple choice; find missing numbers in a function table
Lesson 8.10Item Suggested rationale
1practice the skill of identifying relationships
3practice the skill of identifying relationships
5solve problems using the choose-the-operation skill
6solve problems using using time and the work-backward strategy
PW55 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Algebra: Graph RelationshipsFind the rule. Write your rule as an equation. Use the equation to find the missing numbers.
1.
2.
Make a function table. Write the input /output values asordered pairs. Graph the ordered pairs.
3. y � x � 1
ordered pairs:
� , �
� , �
� , �
� , �
Problem Solving and Test Prep 4. In Exercise 2, what will be the ordered
pair if x is 55?
5. In Exercise 1, what will be the ordered pair if y is 55?
6. Based on the information in the table, how many miles will be traveled in 6 hours?
A Divide 32 by 6. C Add 7.B Multiply 6 by 8. D Add 37.
7. Describe what happens to the value of y when the value of x decreases in the equation y � x � 10?
Input, x 2 4 5 6
Output, y 11 12 13 14 16
Input, x 5 10 20 25
Output, y 1 2 4 6
Name Lesson 8.9
Hours, h 1 2 4 6
Miles, m 8 16 32
6 7 8
9
5
4
3 2
1
0 2 3 1 4 5 7 8 9 6
Input, x
Output, y
y � x � 10 y � x � 5
Check students’ tables and graphs.
(55, 11) (45, 55)
The value of y also
decreases.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible equations are given.
1 315
153 5
30
B
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C08_L9.indd PW55 7/2/07 10:00:59 AM
PracticePW56© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Identify RelationshipsProblem Solving Skill Practice 1. Amber is making a design for her
sweater. She is using 4 equilateral hexagons. How is the perimeter of an equilateral hexagon related to the length of one side of the hexagon? Complete the function table and graph the ordered pairs in the box at the right to help solve.
2. What if Amber adds another hexagon that is 8 inches on each side. What would be the perimeter of that hexagon?
Mixed Applications 3. Tom is fencing a pentagonal pen that
is 5 yards on each side. Hank is fencing a pentagonal pen that is 7 yards on each side. How much more fencing will Hank use than Tom use?
4. Alter the length of the sides of Amber’s hexagons to change the perimeters. Complete a new function table below.
5. Lynn needs 11 sections of garden edging for each of 8 trees. How many sections of edging will Lynn need in all?
6. Ned’s doctor appointment is at 3:30. He will drive 15 minutes to the gym and spend 45 minutes there. Next, he will drive 3 minutes to a class and spend 25 minutes there. Then he will drive 10 minutes to the doctor’s. At what time must Ned start his trip?
Length of a Side (in inches), l 1 2 4
Perimeter (in inches), p 6 12
Each | | = 1 inch
Name Lesson 8.10
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Perimeter is 6 times the
length of one side.
3
10 yards
1:5288 sections
18 24
48 in
Check students’ graphs.
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C08_L10.indd PW56 7/3/07 10:48:24 AM
PW55-PW56© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW55-PW56MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW55-PW56 7/3/07 11:25:17 AM7/3/07 11:25:17 AM
Lesson 9.1 Item Suggested rationale
1identifying patterns in multiplication
3Identifying patterns in multiplication
6use patterns and mental math to multiply
7use patterns and mental math to multiply
8 algebra; solve for the variable
10 algebra; solve for the variable
12problem solving; multiply and compare
14multiple choice; use patterns to find missing numbers
Lesson 9.2Item Suggested rationale
2 estimate products
3 estimate products
7 estimate products
8 estimate products
10 estimate products
11 estimate products
15 estimate products
17problem solving, using estimation
19multiple choice; find the best estimate
20multiple choice; number sentence for best estimate
PracticePW57© Harcourt • Grade 4
Mental Math: Multiplication PatternsUse mental math to complete the pattern.
1. 7 � 6 � 42
7 � 60 �
7 � 600 �
7 � 6,000 �
2. 3 � 8 � 24
3 � 80 �
3 � � 2,400
3 � 8,000 �
3. 9 � 7 � 63
9 � � 630
9 � 700 �
9 � � 63,000
Use patterns and mental math to find the product.
4. 2 � 30
5. 3 � 700
6. 9 � 4,000
7. 7 � 800
ALGEBRA Find the value of n.
8. 2 � n � 42,000
9. 7 � 400 � n
10. 8 � n � 16,000
11. n � 500 � 4,500
Problem Solving and Test Prep12. Windsurfing costs $20 a day at New
State Park. Jen windsurfed for 5 days. Paul windsurfed for 7 days. How much more did Paul pay than Jen paid?
13. Every carload of people entering the state park pays $7. In January, there were 200 cars that entered the park. In July, there were 2,000 cars that entered the park. How much more money did the park collect in July than in January?
14. Which number is missing from this equation?
� � 7 � 3,500
A 50
B 500
C 5,000
D 50,000
15. Which number is missing from this equation?
8 � � � 32,000
A 40
B 400
C 4,000
D 40,000
Name Lesson 9.1
60 2,100 36,000 5,600
n � 2,800 n � 2,000 n � 9
$40 more $12,600 more
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
4204,20042,000
240800
24,000
706,300
7,000
B C
n � 21,000
PracticePW58
Name Lesson 9.2
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Mental Math: Estimate ProductsEstimate the product. Write the method.
1. 2 � 49
2. 7 � 31
3. 5 � 58
4. 4 � 73
5. 3 � 27
6. 8 � 26
7. 4 � 25
8. 5 � 82
9. 6 � 53
10. 9 � 47
11. 6 � 71
12. 5 � 31
14. 88 � 2
_
14. 29 � 8
_
15. 65 � 4
_
16. 39 � 7
_
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 17–18, use the table.
17. About how many pencils will Haley use in 8 months?
18. How many more pencils will Haley use in ten months than Abby will use in ten months?
19. Which number sentence would give
the best estimate for 6 � 17?
A 6 � 20 � �
B 6 � 25 � �
C 6 � 10 � �
D 6 � 5 � �
20. Which number sentence would give the best estimate for 6 � 51?
A 6 � 5 � �
B 6 � 45 � �
C 6 � 50 � �
D 6 � 55 � �
Pencils Used Each Month
Name Number of Pencils
Haley 18
Abby 12
Bridget 17
Kelsey 21
100; rounding
210; compatible numbers
300; rounding
280; compatible numbers
90; rounding
240; rounding
80 or 120; compatible numbers
300; rounding
500; compatible numbers
180; rounding
300; compatible numbers
280; rounding
280; rounding
Possible answer: 160 pencils
60 more pencils
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible answers are given.
A C
420; rounding
280; compatible numbers
280; compatible numbers
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C09_L2.indd PW58 7/2/07 10:14:13 AM
PW57-PW58© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW57-PW58MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW57-PW58 7/2/07 12:00:06 PM7/2/07 12:00:06 PM
Lesson 9.3Item Suggested rationale
5understanding relationship between multiplication and modeling
6understanding relationship between multiplication and modeling
8understanding relationship between multiplication and modeling
9 use base-ten blocks to model
11 base-ten modeling
13 base-ten modeling
15 base-ten modeling
16 base-ten modeling
Lesson 9.4Item Suggested rationale
2 multiply whole numbers
3 multiply with money
6use partial products to multiply
7use partial products to multiply
9algebra; use a rule to find missing numbers in a function table
122 step problem solving using addition and multiplication
13multiple choice; multi-step problem solving with money
PracticePW59© Harcourt • Grade 4
Model 2-Digit by 1-Digit MultiplicationFind the product.
1.
4 � 14 �
2.
6 � 21 �
3.
8 � 18 �
4.
9 � 19 �
5.
2 � 13 �
6.
5 � 17 �
7.
3 � 24 �
8.
3 � 25 �
Use grid paper or base-ten blocks to model the product. Record your answer.
9. 2 � 18
10. 5 � 16
11. 4 � 17
12. 3 � 31
13. 6 � 17
14. 8 � 18
15. 7 � 31
16. 9 � 33
Name Lesson 9.3
56 126
144 171
26 85
72 75
36 80 68 93
102 144 217 297
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Check students’ models.
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C09_L3.indd PW59 6/28/07 11:34:41 AM
PracticePW60© Harcourt • Grade 4
Record 2-Digit by 1-Digit MultiplicationEstimate. Then record the product.
1. 53 � 5
_
2. 34 � 3
_
3. $49 � 2
_
4. 6 � 71
_
Write each partial product. Then record the product.
5. 9 � 62
6. 3 � 41
7. 5 � 38
8. 2 � 49
ALGEBRA Write a rule. Find the missing numbers.
9.
Rule:
10.
Rule:
Problem Solving and Test Prep
11. Mr. Lewis gets in his car at 11:15 A.M. He drives for 2 hours and 45 minutes. What time is it when Mr. Lewis stops driving?
12. A gardener had 21 tulip bulbs. She bought 7 more. How many rows of 4 tulips each can the gardener now plant?
13. Jan and Beth count their savings. Jan has seven $1 bills and one $5 bill. Beth has three $10 bills. How much more do they need to save to have $50 total?
A $11
B $42
C $8
D $39
14. If the pattern in the number sentences below continues, could 180 be one of the products in this pattern? Explain.3 � 3 � 93 � 3 � 3 � 273 � 3 � 3 � 3 � 81
Name Lesson 9.4
Number of Quarts, q 2 3 4 5 6
Number of Cups, c 8 12 20
Number of Yards, y 1 2 3 4 5
Number of Feet, f 3 9 12
250; 265 90; 102 $100; $98 420; 426
18, 540; 558
3, 120; 123
40, 150; 190
18, 80; 98
Rule: multiply q by 4 Rule: multiply y by 3
2:00 P.M. 7 rows
Possible answer: no, 180 is an even number and cannot have odd factors.
Possible estimates are given.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
16 24 6 15
C
Possible rules are given.
PW59-PW60© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW59-PW60MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW59-PW60 6/28/07 12:47:38 PM6/28/07 12:47:38 PM
Lesson 9.5Item Suggested rationale
4estimate and find products with money
7 estimate and find products
10algebra; find missing digits in factors
15compare products using money
18word problem; demonstrate multiplication with larger numbers
19word problem; multiply a 4-digit number and money
Lesson 9.6Item Suggested rationale
2 estimate and find the product
5estimate and find the product with money
8estimate and find the product with money
12 multiplication of 4-digit factor
15estimate and multiply a 4-digit number with zeros
17word problem; multiplication using money
19multiple choice; multiplication using money
20multiple choice; multiply a 3-digit number with zeros
PracticePW61© Harcourt • Grade 4
Multiply 3-Digit and 4-Digit Numbers and Money Estimate. Then find the product.
1. 116 � 3
_
2. 2,247 � 7
__
3. 209 � 2
_
4. $19.99 � 4
__
5. 323 � 7
6. 3 � 8,124
7. 9,347 � 7
8. 443 � 5
ALGEBRA Find the missing numbers.
Compare. Write �, �, or � for each .
13. 4 � $2,085 5 � $1,875 14. 7 � 3,006 8 � 2,493
15. 4 � 2,163 2 � 4,326 16. 6 � $2,227 5 � $3,323
Problem Solving and Test Prep17. A Boston bookstore sells Make Way for
Ducklings for $8 a copy. If 1,223 people buy a copy, what are the total sales?
18. It costs $15.95 for each adult and $8.95 for each child to visit the New England Aquarium in Boston. Altogether, how much does it cost for 7 adults and 7 children to visit?
19. Ice skate rental at the Boston Common Frog Pond costs $8 for adults. In February, 1,791 adults rented skates. What were the total sales from ice skate rentals for February? Show your work.
20. Jean bought 4 key chains for $2.95 each. She paid with a $20-bill. How much change did Jean receive? Show your work.
Name Lesson 9.5
10. 45 � 2
__
1,290
9. 2 3 � 8__
, 84
11. ,4 8 � 3
__
7, 8
12. 1,5 � 9___
, 23
300;348 14,000;15,729 400;418 $80;$79.96
2,100;2,261 24,000;24,372 63,000;65,429 2,000;2,215
6
, .
�
$174.30$9,784
$14,328; 8 � 1,791 � 14,328 $8.20; 4 � $2.95 � $11.80, $20 � $11.80 � $8.20
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible estimates are given.
,
2
71
2 2
42 1 3 9
4 7
PracticePW62© Harcourt • Grade 4
Multiply with ZerosEstimate. Then find the product.
1. 3,044 � 3
__
2. 4,700 � 5
__
3. $75.05 � 6
__
4. $43.05 � 4
__
5. 8,077 � 2
__
6. 1,130 � 7
__
7. $30.45 � 6
__
8. $51.03 � 8
__
9. 4 � 2,340
10. 6 � $30.55
11. 7 � $1,023
12. 5 � 3,405
13. 3,240 � 3
14. 4,063 � 5
15. 2,402 � 8
16. 7,861 � 9
Problem Solving and Test Prep17. It costs $35.90 for one ticket to the
circus. How much does it cost for 8 tickets to the circus?
18. Raul buys 3 packs of sports stickers. Each pack has 105 stickers. How many total stickers does Raul buy?
19. Mr. Bench buys 4 pairs of pajamas for $20.98 each. How much does Mr. Bench spend?
A $80.92
B $81.92
C $82.92
D $83.92
20. Carl buys 6 books to read over the summer. Each book has 203 pages. How many pages will Carl read over the summer?
A 1,209 pages
B 818 pages
C 1,218 pages
D 809 pages
Name Lesson 9.6
9,000; 9,132
23,000; 23,500
$420; $450.30
$160; $172.20
16,000; 16,154
7,000; 7,910
$180; $182.70
$400; $408.24
8,000; 9,360
$180; $183.30
7,000; 7,161
15,000; 17,025
9,000;9,720
20,000;20,315
16,000;19,216
72,000;70,749
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
315$287.20
Possible estimates are given.
DC
PW61-PW62© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW61-PW62MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW61-PW62 6/19/07 3:15:12 PM6/19/07 3:15:12 PM
Lesson 9.7Item Suggested rationale
2 multiplication of money
3multiplication, of a 4-digit number with money
4 guess and check
5multiplication of 3-digit numbers
6 multi-step problem
7recognizing and using patterns
Lesson 10.1Item Suggested rationale
2 multiply by multiple of 10
7 multiply by multiple of 10
9multiply by multiples of 10 to complete a function table
13multiply by multiples of 10 to complete a function table
16use a table to compare products
17multiple choice; multiply using multiples of 10
PracticePW63© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Skill:Evaluate ReasonablenessProblem Solving Skill PracticeSolve the problem. Then evaluate the reasonableness of your answer.
1. Mr. Kohfeld buys a $1.37 carton of eggs each week. How much does Mr. Kohfeld spend on eggs in 4 weeks?
2. Vivian spends $6.49 on lunch every day. How much does Vivian spend on lunch in 7 days?
3. Yoshi is an athlete who eats a breakfast of 1,049 calories each morning. How many calories does Yoshi eat at breakfast in 7 days?
4. Together Elise and Chris spelled 27 words correctly. Chris spelled 5 more words correctly than Elise. How many words did each student spell correctly?
Mixed Applications 5. The Miller family eats 9 bowls of cereal
each day. How many bowls of cereal does the Miller family eat in a year (365 days)? How do you know your answer is reasonable?
6. Joe spent $25.87 for groceries. He bought cereal for $6.25, eggs for $5.37, pancake mix for $3.67, bacon for $7.25, and juice. How much did Joe spend on juice?
USE DATA For 7–8, use the information from the stone wall.
7. Tanya is building this wall from stone. If the pattern continues, how thick will the next stone be?
8. If the finished wall is 6 stones high, what is the overall height of the wall?
Name Lesson 9.7
5 in.?
9 in.7 in.
13 in.
11 in.
$5.48; yes because it is between $4.80 and $8.00.
$45.43; yes, because it is between $35.00 and $42.
7,343 calories; yes because it is between 7,000 and 8,400.
Chris: 16; Elise: 11
3,285 bowls; possible answer:it is between my estimates of 2,700 and 3,600
$3.33
3 inches
48 inches
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.PracticePW64
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Mental Math: Multiplication PatternsUse patterns and mental math to find the product.
1. 50 � 3,000
2. 7 � 40
3. 8 � 1,000
4. 50 � 700
5. 12 � 2,000
6. 70 � 200
7. 11 � 120
8. 90 � 80
ALGEBRA Complete the tables by using mental math.
9. 1 roll � 20 nickels 10. 1 roll � 60 dimes
11.
12.
13.
14.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 15–16, use the table.
15. What if you wanted to magnify a termite 6,000 times? How long would the termite appear to be?
16. Which would appear longer, a termite magnified 1,200 times or a wasp magnified 900 times?
17. How many zeros are in the product of 400 � 500?
A 4 C 6
B 5 D 7
18. How many zeros must be in the product of 1,000 and any factor?
A no more than 3 C none
B at least 3 D always 12
Name Lesson 10.1
Rolls 20 30 40 50 600
Nickels 400
Rolls 20 30 40 50 600
Dimes 1,200
� 7 60 700 8,000
40 2,800
60 480,000
� 8 40 500 9,000
50 400
90 810,000
Insect LengthsInsect Length (in mm)
Carpenter Bee 19
Fire Ant 4
Termite 12
Wasp 15
150,000 280 8,000 35,000
24,000 14,000 1,320 7,200
600; 800; 1,000; 12,000 1,800; 2,400; 3,000; 36,000
11. 2,400; 28,000; 320,000 12. 420; 3,600; 42,000
13. 2,000; 25,000; 450,000 14. 720; 3,600; 42,000
72,000 mm
the termite
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B B
MXENL08ASE4X_PHTE_C10_L1.indd PW64 8/7/07 9:26:32 AM
PW63-PW64© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW63-PW64MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW63-PW64 8/7/07 9:54:36 AM8/7/07 9:54:36 AM
Lesson 10.2Item Suggested rationale
2 practice multiplying by 10s
7 practice multiplying by 10s
8 practice multiplying by 10s
9use algebra to find missing digits in factors
12use algebra to find missing digits in factors
13use algebra to find missing digits in products
16 solve a multistep problem
17multiple choice; use multiplication
18multiple choice; multiply money
Lesson 10.3Item Suggested rationale
3practice 2-digit by 2-digit estimation
5practice 2-digit by 2-digit estimation
7practice 2-digit by 2-digit estimation
10practice 2-digit by 3-digit estimation
12practice 2-digit by 3-digit estimation
17practice 2-digit by 2-digit estimation
19multiple choice; estimate products
PracticePW65© Harcourt • Grade 4
Multiply by TensChoose a method. Then find the product.
1. 20 � 17
2. 15 � 60
3. 66 � 50
4. 78 � 30
5. 96 � 40
6. 90 � 46
7. 52 � 80
8. 70 � 29
ALGEBRA Find the missing digit in the number.
9. 22 � 3� � 660
10. 60 � 37 � 2,�20
11. 5� � 80 � 4,480
12. �0 � 77 � 3,080
13. 40 � 44 � �,760
14. 90 � 83 � 7,4�0
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 15–16, use the table.
15. How many frames does it take to produce 60 seconds of Snow White?
16. Are there more frames in 30 seconds of Pinnocchio or 45 seconds of The Enchanted Drawing?
17. Sadie runs 26 miles each week. How many miles will Sadie run in 30 weeks?
A 780
B 720
C 690
D 700
18. If gourmet cookies cost $12 a pound, how much does it cost to buy 30 pounds of cookies?
A $360
B $3,600
C $36
D $36,000
Name Lesson 10.2
Animated Productions
Title Date Released
Frames Per Second
The Enchanted Drawing © 1900 20
Little Nemo © 1911 16
Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs © 1937 24
Pinocchio © 1940 19
The Flintstones TM 1960-1966 24
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
340 900 3,300 2,340
3,840 2,0304,140 4,160
0
4
2
1
6
7
1,440
The Enchanted Drawing
A A
PracticePW66© Harcourt • Grade 4
Mental Math: Estimate ProductsEstimate the product. Choose the method.
1. 34 � 34
2. 27 � 42
3. 41 � 55
4. 17 � 39
5. 72 � 21
6. 54 � 67
7. 58 � 49
8. 64 � 122
9. 93 � 93
10. 19 � 938
11. 42 � 666
12. 71 � 488
13. 54 � 32
14. 97 � 93
15. 549 � 65
16. 486 � 74
Problem Solving and Test Prep17. A serving of watermelon has 27 grams
of carbohydrates. About how many grams of carbohydrates do 33 servings of watermelon contain?
18. There are 52 homes in Kyle’s neighborhood. Each home has one refrigerator. The door on each refrigerator is opened 266 times a week. About how many times are the doors opened in all?
19. Choose the best estimate for the product 48 � 637.
A 20,000
B 24,000
C 30,000
D 34,000
20. Choose the best estimate for the product 64 � 271.
A 12 ,000
B 14,000
C 18,000
D 35,000
Name Lesson 10.3
Possible estimates are given. Methods will vary.
900 1,200 2,400 800
1,400 3,500 3,000 7,200
8,000 18,000 28,000 35,000
900 grams about 15,000 times
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
1,500 9,000 35,000 35,000
C A
PW65-PW66© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW65-PW66MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW65-PW66 6/19/07 3:15:25 PM6/19/07 3:15:25 PM
Lesson 10.4Item Suggested rationale
2practice solving a simpler problem
3practice solving a simpler problem
4practice solving a simpler problem
5use a table to practice solving a simpler problem
7rewrite a previous problem by changing some data
Lesson 10.5Item Suggested rationale
1practice solving 2-digit-by2-digit multiplication using a grid model
5practice solving 2-digit-by2-digit multiplication using a grid model
8problem solving; practice solving 2-digit-by2-digit multiplication
9 model a product using a grid
PracticePW67© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Solve a Simpler ProblemProblem Solving Strategy PracticeSolve a simpler problem.
1. For a year, Greta counted the birds in her backyard. She counted an average of 20 each day. About how many birds did Greta count in all during the year (365 days)?
2. Participants in the Backyard Birdcount reported seeing 843,635 Canadian geese and 710,337 snow geese. How many more Canadian geese were counted than snow geese?
3. Participants reported seeing 486,577 European starlings and 254,731 American robins. How many starlings and robins were reported in all?
4. The 93 counties in Nebraska reported seeing an average of 5,245 birds. About how many birds were reported in Nebraska?
Mixed Strategy Practice 5. USE DATA Jim saw a hummingbird
that was only 4 inches long. Which bird from the table at the right has a length that is 5 times as long as the hummingbird?
6. Bird watchers in Lincoln, Nebraska, reported seeing 311,214 birds. Bird watchers in Hutchinson, Kansas, reported seeing 133,288. How many birds were seen in all?
7. Look back at Exercise 4. Write a similar problem by changing the number of counties and the average number of birds seen.
Name Lesson 10.4
Type of Bird Maximum Speed(in miles per hour)
Maximum Length(in inches)
Carrion Crow 31
31
41
34
20
6
26
48
House Sparrow
Mallard
WanteringAlbatross
Possible estimate: about 7,000 133,298
741,308 Possible estimate: 450,000
444,502
Carrion Crow
Answers will vary.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08ASE4X_PHTE_C10_L4.indd PW67 6/15/07 9:17:40 AM
PracticePW68© Harcourt • Grade 4
Model 2-Digit by 2-Digit MultiplicationUse the model and partial products to solve.
1. 15 � 29
2. 17 � 32
3. 19 � 25
4. 14 � 27
5. 16 � 28
6. 19 � 24
Problem Solving and Test Prep 7. The apples from an average sized tree
will fill 20 bushel-sized baskets. If an orchard has 17 average sized trees, how many bushel-sized baskets of apples can it produce?
8. Each student eats about 65 apples a year. How many total apples will the 27 students in Mrs. Jacob’s class eat in one year?
9. Draw a model in the space below that could represent the product 64.
10. What product is shown by the model?
.
Name Lesson 10.5
435 544 475
378 448 456
1,755 apples340 baskets
442
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Check students’ drawings; possible models, 32 � 2; 16 � 4; 8 � 8
MXENL08ASE4X_PHTE_C10_L5.indd PW68 7/2/07 10:04:23 AM
PW67-PW68© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW67-PW68MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW67-PW68 7/2/07 12:00:34 PM7/2/07 12:00:34 PM
Lesson 10.6Item Suggested rationale
3Practice multiplying 2-digit by 2-digit numbers with money
5Practice multiplying 2-digit by 2-digit numbers
7Practice multiplying 2-digit by 2-digit numbers
8Practice multiplying 2-digit by 2-digit numbers with money
10use a bar graph to practice multiplying 2-digit by 2-digit numbers
11multiple choice; multiply with money
12multiple choice; multiply 2-digit numbers
Lesson 10.7Item Suggested rationale
1practice multiplying 2-digit numbers
2practice multiplying 2- and 3- digit numbers and money
5practice multiplying 2- and 3- digit numbers and money
8practice multiplying 2- and 3- digit numbers
9practice multiplying 2- and 3-digit numbers with money
13 use the break apart strategy
14problem solving; multiplication
15multiple choice; multiply with money
PracticePW69© Harcourt • Grade 4
Record 2-Digit by 2-Digit MultiplicationEstimate. Then choose either method to find the product.
1. 28 � 19
_
2. 36 � 53
_
3. $76 � 25
_
4. 64 � 31
_
5. 76 � 83
6. 41 � 69
7. 57 � 65
8. 82 � $48
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 9–10, use the bar graph.
9. Last summer, 19 people rented parasails on each of the windy days. How many people in all parasailed last summer on windy days?
10. If 13 people rented parasails on each of the windy and cold days, how many people rented parasails in all?
11. Willa bought 16 oak trees for her backyard. Each tree cost $33. How much did the trees cost in all?
A $300 C $528
B $480 D $600
12. There are 47 members in the Fun in the Sun Parasail Club. Each member spent 88 hours parasailing last year. How many hours in all did the club members spend parasailing last year?
A 6,413 C 4,230
B 4,136 D 7,236
Name Lesson 10.6
Tota
l Num
ber o
f Day
s Re
nted
Sun Beach Parasail
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
300
2813 22
Sunny Days
Rainy D
ays
Windy Days
Cold Days
Weather
600; 532 2,000; 1,908 $2,400; $1,900 1,800; 1,984
6,400; 6,308 2,800; 2,829 4,200; 3,705 $4,000; $3,936
247 riders
455 riders
Possible estimates are given.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
C
MXENL08ASE4X_PHTE_C10_L6.indd PW69 6/15/07 9:18:24 AM
PracticePW70© Harcourt • Grade 4
Multiply 2-Digit and 3-Digit Numbers and MoneyEstimate. Then find the product.
1. 58 � 39
_
2. $4.28 � 45
__
3. 622 � 76
__
4. 199 � 37
_
5. $3.97 � 36
6. 544 � 47
7. 37 � $638
8. 747 � 23
9. $9.32 � 42 10. 81 � 422
11. $1.23 � 71
12. 15 � 602
Problem Solving and Test Prep
13. Sally found 9 � 15 by using the break apart strategy. Show how Sally found the product.
14. Each of 41 electric cars can drive 50 miles an hour. How many miles in all do the cars travel in one hour?
15. Ken bought 52 loaves of multigrain bread for $3.89 a loaf. How much did Ken spend on bread in all?
A $202.28 B $206.17
C $206.89 D $208.21
16. How many minutes are there in 24 hours? Explain how you found your answer.
Name Lesson 10.7
2,400; 2,262
$200; $192.60
48,000; 47,272
8,000; 7,363
$160;$142.92
25,000; 25,568
$24,000; $23,606
14,000; 17,181
$360;$391.44
32,000; 34,182
$70; $87.33
12,000; 9,030
9 � 5 � 45; 9 � 10 � 90; 45 � 90 � 135
10,080; 7 � 24 � 60 � 10,080.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
2,050
Possible estimates are given.
A
MXENL08ASE4X_PHTE_C10_L7.indd PW70 7/2/07 10:04:56 AM
PW69-PW70© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW69-PW70MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW69-PW70 7/2/07 12:00:38 PM7/2/07 12:00:38 PM
Lesson 10.8Item Suggested rationale
2choose and implement a practical multiplication method
7choose and implement a practical multiplication method with money
8choose and implement a practical multiplication method
12choose and implement a practical multiplication method with money
14problem solving; multiplication
15multiple choice; multiply with money
Lesson 10.9Item Suggested rationale
1practice solving multistep problems
2practice solving multistep problems
3practice solving multistep problems
4practice solving multistep problems
8practice solving multistep problems
PracticePW71© Harcourt • Grade 4
Choose a MethodEstimate. Then find the product. Write the method you used.
1. 22 � 30
_
2. 653 � 31
__
3. 5,000 � 70
__
4. 322 � 23
__
5. 312 � 20
__
6. 666 � 11
__
7. $87.15 � 59
__
8. 9,000 � 80
__
9. 343 � 22
10. 505 � 90
11. 612 � 27
12. $52 � 375
Problem Solving and Test Prep13. Junie had a party at home. The
special plates she bought cost $12.39 each. If there were a total of 23 people at the party including June, how much did the plates cost in all?
14. A local store sells silver balloons at $28.75 a case. Frank bought 48 cases. How much did the balloons cost?
15. Carol sold pot holders at a craft fair. If she sold 40 pot holders for $8.25 each, how much money did she make?
A $330.00
B $320.00
C $32.50
D $32.00
16. Tatum bought 13 hair braids for $2.65 each. How much did Tatum spend in all?
A $10.50
B $26.50
C $34.45
D $47.45
Name Lesson 10.8
mental math; 660
paper and pencil; 20,243
mental math; 350,000
paper and pencil; 7,406
mental math; 6,240
paper and pencil; 7,326
calculator; $5,141.85
mental math; 720,000
paper and pencil; 7,546
mental math; 45,450
calculator; 16,524
paper and pencil; $19,500
$284.97 $1,380
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
AC
Methods may vary.
MXENL08ASE4X_PHTE_C10_L8.indd PW71 6/15/07 9:20:08 AM
PracticePW72© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Multistep Problems
Problem Solving Skill Practice 1. The London Eye water ride has 18
boats. Each boat holds 22 people and runs 30 times a day. How many people ride the London Eye each day if all the boats are full all the time?
2. Bus A travels 532 miles one way. Bus B travels 1,268 miles round-trip. Which bus travels the most round-trip miles if Bus A makes 6 trips and Bus B makes 5 trips?
3. There are 62 students in all. Twenty-five students take only band class. Thirty-four students take only art class. The rest take both band and art class. How many students take both band and art?
4. Trin bought 6 T-shirts at $12.57 each. Ron bought 7 T-shirts at the same price. How much did Ron and Trin spend altogether?
Mixed ApplicationsUSE DATA For 5–6, use the table.
5. How many more inches does a magnolia grow in 5 years than a holly?
6. Len planted a 24-inch mountain laurel. About how tall will it be in 7 years?
7. A Ferris wheel has 20 cars that seat 4 people each. Each ride is 10 minutes long. How many people ride the Ferris wheel in 3 hours if all the cars are full all the time?
8. Rosa rode the Ferris wheel, the go-carts for 10 minutes, the merry-go-round for 25 minutes, and the roller coaster for 35 minutes. She rode a total of 1 hour and 30 minutes. How long did Rosa ride the Ferris wheel?
Name Lesson 10.9
Arborvitae
Holly
Magnolia
Mountain laurel
24 in.
12 in.
30 in.
10 in.
Tree Average Yearly Growth(in inches)
Popular Landscaping Trees
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
11,880 Bus A
3 students $163.41
1,440 people 20 minutes
90 inches
94 inches
MXENL08ASE4X_PHTE_C10_L9.indd PW72 7/2/07 10:05:24 AM
PW71-PW72© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW71-PW72MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW71-PW72 7/2/07 12:00:44 PM7/2/07 12:00:44 PM
Lesson 11.1Item Suggested rationale
2find the quotient and remainder
4find the quotient and remainder
7find the quotient and remainder
11find the quotient and remainder
13problem solving; find the quotient and remainder
16multiple choice; identify the problem when given the model
Lesson 11.2Item Suggested rationale
1practice division using base-ten blocks
4practice division using base-ten blocks
10practice division using base-ten blocks
11practice division using base-ten blocks
13practice division using base-ten blocks
16practice division using base-ten blocks
21practice division using base-ten blocks
24practice division using base-ten blocks
PracticePW73© Harcourt • Grade 4
Divide with RemaindersUse counters to find the quotient and remainder.
1. 27 � 5 � 2. 34 � 8 � 3. 18 � 4 �
4. 57 � 7 � 5. 41 � 6 � 6. 53 � 9 �
Divide. You may wish to use counters or draw a picture to help.
7. 26 � 3 � 8. 34 � 4 � 9. 50 � 9 �
10. 9 � � 75 11. 8 � � 54 12. 7 � � 60
Problem Solving and Test Prep13. Five students are playing a card game
using a deck of 54 cards. If the cards are divided evenly among each player, how many will each student get? How many cards will be left over?
14. Bill made up a game using 10 each of purple, yellow, green, blue, orange, and red marbles. If Bill divides the marbles equally among 8 players, how many will be left over?
15. Which problem does the model describe?
A 34 � 5
B 28 � 5
C 34 � 6
D 20 � 6
16. Which problem does the model describe?
A 30 � 6
B 42 � 4
C 30 � 7
D 24 � 4
Name Lesson 11.1
5 r2 4 r2 4 r2
8 r1 6 r5 5 r8
8 r2 5 r5
8 r3 6 r6 8 r4
10 cards; 4 left over 4 marbles left over
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Check students’ models.
8 r2
A C
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C11_L1.indd PW73 7/2/07 10:14:42 AM
PracticePW74© Harcourt • Grade 4
Model 2-Digit by 1-Digit DivisionUse base-ten blocks to find the quotient and remainder.
1. 37 � 2 � 2. 53 � 5 � 3. 92 � 7 � 4. 54 � 4 �
5. 56 � 3 � 6. 89 � 9 � 7. 78 � 6 � 8. 92 � 8 �
9. 4 � � 65 10. 7 � � 79 11. 6 � � 89 12. 4 � � 87
Divide. You may wish to use base-ten blocks.
13. 3 � � 77 14. 2 � � 67 15. 4 � � 66 16. 5 � � 67
17. 37 � 3 � 18. 98 � 4 � 19. 91 � 6 � 20. 72 � 7 �
21. 8 � � 93 22. 6 � � 57 23. 4 � � 77 24. 9 � � 59
Name Lesson 11.2
18 r1 10 r3 13 r1 13 r2
18 r2 9 r8 13 11 r4
16 r1 11 r2 14 r5 21 r3
25 r2 33 r1 16 r2 13 r2
13 r1 24 r2 15 r1 10 r2
6 r519 r19 r311 r5
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C11_L2.indd PW74 7/2/07 10:15:58 AM
PW73-PW74© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW73-PW74MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW73-PW74 7/2/07 12:00:48 PM7/2/07 12:00:48 PM
Lesson 11.3Item Suggested rationale
2practice dividing 2-digit by 1-digit numbers
4practice dividing 2-digit by 1-digit numbers
9practice dividing 2-digit by 1-digit numbers
14algebra; practice dividing 2-digit by 1-digit numbers to complete a function table
15problem solving; interpret the remainder
16problem solving; interpret the quotient
18multiple choice; identify the remainder
Lesson 11.4Item Suggested rationale
2solve a problem using the draw-a-diagram strategy
3solve a problem using the draw-a-diagram strategy
4solve a problem using the draw-a-diagram strategy
5 solve a problem using a table
6 order data in a table
7solve a problem using the predict-and-test strategy
PracticePW75© Harcourt • Grade 4
Record 2-Digit by 1-Digit DivisionChoose a method. Then divide and record.
1. 4 � � 93 2. 7 � � 75 3. 5 � � 97
4. 49 � 3 � 5. 61 � 2 � 6. 95 � 7 �
7. 9 � � 87 8. 6 � � 87 9. 8 � � 99
Use multiplication to check each answer.
10. 93 � 7 � 13 r2 11. 89 � 8 � 11 r1 12. 51 � 4 � 12 r3
ALGEBRA Complete each table.
13. 14.
Problem Solving and Test Prep15. Sixty-three students signed up to play
golf. The coach divided them into teams with 4 student in each group. How many students were left over?
16. There will be 6 runners on each relay team. If a total of 77 runners signed up, how many teams could there be?
17. Four students divided 85 building blocks equally. How many building blocks did each student receive?
A 20 C 22
B 21 D 24
18. Three students divided 46 building blocks equally. How many building blocks were left over?
A 4 C 2
B 3 D 1
Name Lesson 11.3
Number of Cups 4 20 28 36 44
Number of Quarts 1 5
Number of Pints 64 72 80 88 96
Number of Gallons 8 9
23 r1 10 r5 19 r2
16 r1
14 r3
13 r4
9 r6
30 r1
12 r3
3 students 12 teams
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
13 � 7
_
91 � 2
_
93
B D
11 � 8
_
88 � 1
_
89
12 � 4
_
48 � 3
_
51
1197 121110
Methods may vary.
PracticePW76© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Draw a DiagramProblem Solving Strategy PracticeDraw a diagram to solve.
1. Fiona’s dog is 4 times as long as Rod’s dog. End to end, they are 60 inches long. How long is Fiona’s dog?
2. Davey divided 112 ounces of rabbit food equally into 7 containers. How many ounces did each container hold?
3. Dina walked 3 blocks west and 5 blocks north from her home to get to the pet store. If now she walks 1 block east, 4 blocks north, and another 2 blocks east, how far is Dina from her home?
4. Mel collects baseball cards. He wants 7 of each of his 13 favorite players. He now has a total of 87 cards. How many additional cards does Mel need to make his set of 7 cards each complete?
Mixed Strategy PracticeUSE DATA For 5–6, use the table below.
5. Together the height of Dan’s 3 dogs is 38 inches. What breeds are they?
6. Order the dogs in the table from shortest to tallest.
7. Altogether, Haille’s dog statue collection weighs 20 pounds. One statue weighs 8 pounds and the rest each weigh half as much. How many dog statues does Haille have?
8. Use the information from Exercise 5 to write a new problem that asks to explain the answer.
Name Lesson 11.4
48 inches 16 ounces
9 blocks 4 additional cards
Bichon Frise, Border Collie, Chichuahua
Chihuahua, Bichon Frise, Shar-Pei, Border Collie, Siberian Husky, Labrador Retriever, Irish Setter
Check students’ problems.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.4 statues
PW75-PW76© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW75-PW76MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW75-PW76 6/19/07 3:16:17 PM6/19/07 3:16:17 PM
Lesson 11.6Item Suggested rationale
3 estimate 2-digit quotients
6 estimate 4-digit quotients
8 estimate 4-digit quotients
10 compare estimated quotients
13 compare estimated quotients
14 compare estimated quotients
16compare estimated quotients using data in a table
17 multiple choice; division
Lesson 11.5Item Suggested rationale
2recognize and use division patterns
3recognize and use division patterns
6recognize and use division patterns
8 use division patterns
10 use division patterns
16problem solving; use division patterns
18multiple choice; division of money
PracticePW77© Harcourt • Grade 4
Mental Math: Division PatternsUse mental math to complete the pattern.
1. 72 � 8 � 9
720 � 8 �
7,200 � 8 �
72,000 � 8 �
2. 42 � 7 �
� 7 � 60
4,200 � 7 �
42,000 � 7 �
3. � 6 � 4
240 � 6 �
� 6 � 400
24,000 � 6 �
4. 30 � 3 �
� 3 � 100
3,000 � 3 �
� 3 � 10,000
5. � 5 � 8
400 � 5 �
� 5 � 800
40,000 � 5 �
6. 28 � 4 �
� 4 � 70
2,800 � 4 �
� 4 � 7,000
Use mental math and patterns to find the quotient.
7. 1,600 � 4
8. 28,000 � 7
9. 50 � 5
10. 900 � 3
11. 32,000 � 4
12. 2,000 � 5
13. 600 � 2
14. 3,500 � 7
Problem Solving and Test Prep15. Maria has 4,500 stamps in her collection.
She puts an equal number of stamps into each of 9 books. How many stamps are in each book?
16. Tex wants to put 640 stickers in his sticker book. If 8 stickers can fit on each page, how many pages will Tex fill?
17. The circus sells tickets for $4 each. If the circus collected a total of $2,000, how many tickets did they sell?
A 50
B 500
C 5,000
D 50,000
18. Dee collected $60 for selling tickets to the school play. If Dee sold 5 equally priced tickets in all, how much did each ticket cost?
A $12
B $24
C $30
D $45
Name Lesson 11.5
909009,000
6420
6006,000 4,000
2440
2,400
10300
1,00030,000
4080
4,0008,000 28,000
7280
700
400 4,000 10 300
8,000 400 300 500
500 stamps 80 pages
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
A
PracticePW78© Harcourt • Grade 4
Mental Math: Estimate QuotientsEstimate the quotient.
1. 392 � 4
2. 489 � 6
3. 536 � 9
4. 802 � 8
5. 632 � 7
6. 32,488 � 4
7. 3,456 � 5
8. 7,820 � 8
Estimate to compare. Write �, �, or � for each .
9. 272 � 3 460 � 5 10. 332 � 6 412 � 5 11. 527 � 6 249 � 3
12. 138 � 2 544 � 9 13. 478 � 7 223 � 3 14. 3,112 � 8 1,661 � 8
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 15–16, use the table.
15. About how many more times does a mouse’s heart beat in one minute than a dog’s heart beat in one minute?
16. About how many times does a human’s heart beat in 1 minute?
17. A common loon beats its wings about 1,250 times in 5 minutes. Which is the best estimate of the number of times it beats its wings in one minute?
A 20
B 40
C 250
D 400
18. Nine equal-length Arizona Black Rattlesnakes laid in a row measure 378 inches. What is the best estimate of the length of 1 rattlesnake?
A 20
B 40
C 200
D 400
Name Lesson 11.6
100 80 60 100
90 8,000 700 1,000
�
,
.
. .
,
Possible answer:about 400 more times
Possible answer: about 70 times
Possible estimates are given.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C B
PW77-PW78© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW77-PW78MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW77-PW78 6/19/07 3:16:23 PM6/19/07 3:16:23 PM
Lesson 11.7Item Suggested rationale
1identify where to place the first digit and divide
3identify where to place the first digit and divide
7identify where to place the first digit and divide
9divide a 3-digit by a 1-digit number
16divide a 3-digit number by a 1-digit number
18problem solving; divide 3-digit by a 1-digit number
20multiple choice; place the first digit
Lesson 12.1Item Suggested rationale
3determine how to interpret the remainder
4determine how to interpret the remainder
5determine how to interpret the remainder
7exchange information to solve a new problem
8work backward to solve a problem
PracticePW79© Harcourt • Grade 4
Place the First DigitTell where to place the first digit. Then divide.
1. 4 � � 511
2. 7 � � 621
3. 2 � � 124
4. 3 � � 423
5. 136 � 2
6. 215 � 5
7. 468 � 6
8. 357 � 8
Divide.
9. 3 � � 166 10. 9 � � 785 11. 4 � � 334 12. 6 � � 577
13. 116 � 2 � 14. 425 � 5 � 15. 627 � 7 � 16. 436 � 8 �
Problem Solving and Test Prep17. Petra picked 135 petals from the
flowers of sweet pea plants. Each flower had 5 petals. How many flowers did Petra pull petals from?
18. Todd wants to place some thyme plants equally into 8 areas in his garden. If he has 264 plants, how many thyme plants can Todd place in each area?
19. In which place is the first digit in the quotient 118 � 4?
A Ones C Hundreds
B Tens D Thousands
20. In which place is the first digit in the quotient 1,022 � 5?
A Ones C Hundreds
B Tens D Thousands
Name Lesson 11.7
hundreds tens tens hundreds
tens; 68 tens; 43 tens; 78 tens; 44 r5
55 r1 87 r2 83 r2 96 r1
58 85 89 r4 54 r4
27 flowers 33 thyme plants
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B C
127 r3 88 r5 62 141
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C11_L7.indd PW79 7/2/07 10:16:53 AM
PracticePW80© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Interpret the RemainderProblem Solving Skill PracticeSolve. Write a, b, or c to explain how to interpret the remainder.
a. Increase the quotient by 1. b. Quotient stays the same.Drop the remainder.
c. Use the remainder as the answer.
1. The crafts teacher gave 8 campers a total of 55 beads to make necklaces. If the teacher divided the beads equally among the campers, how many did each camper receive?
2. In all, campers from each 3 tents brought 89 logs for a bonfire. Two tents brought equal amounts but the third brought more. How much more?
3. Gene had 150 cups of water to divide equally among 9 campers. How many cups did Gene give each camper?
4. Camp leaders divided 52 cans of food equally among 9 campers. How many cans of food were left over?
Mixed Applications 5. Gail had 34 hot dogs. She gave
3 camp counselors 2 hot dogs each before dividing the rest equally among the 7 campers. How many hot dogs did Gail give each camper?
6. The morning of a hiking trip the temperature was 54�F. By mid afternoon, the temperature had risen to 93�F. How much warmer was the afternoon temperature?
7. Pose a Problem In Exercise 5, suppose Gail gave 8 counselors 2 hotdogs each. How many hotdogs did Gail give each camper?
8. Wynn bought these camping tools: a flashlight, an axe for $15, a lantern for $12, and a camp stool for $23. If Wynn spent a total of $57, how much did the flashlight cost?
Name Lesson 12.1
6 beads; b 2 logs more; c
16 cups; b 7 cans; c
4 hot dogs 39�
2 hot dogs with 4 left over $7
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C12_L1.indd PW80 7/2/07 10:23:56 AM
PW79-PW80© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW79-PW80MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW79-PW80 7/2/07 12:01:03 PM7/2/07 12:01:03 PM
Lesson 12.2Item Suggested rationale
2divide money and check the answer
6 divide and check the answer
10 find the missing divisor
13find the missing digit in the dividend
15 find the missing remainder
16use logical reasoning to find the unit cost
18 multiple choice; dividing
Lesson 12.3Item Suggested rationale
2write the number of digits in the quotient
7write the number of digits in the quotient
11practice dividing and checking the quotient
12practice dividing and checking the quotient
16 problem solving; division
17 multiple choice; division
PracticePW81© Harcourt • Grade 4
Divide 3-Digit Numbers and MoneyDivide and check.
1. 147 � 5 � 2. $357 � 7 � 3. 575 � 4 �
4. 6 � � $844 5. 9 � � 874 6. 8 � � 766
7. 137 � 4 � 8. 325 � 3 � 9. $924 � 7 �
ALGEBRA Find the missing digit.
10. 577 � � 115 r2 11. 10� 2 � $405
12. 9 � � 593
13. 1 4 5 r2 14. 71 r4 15. 7 � � 488
Problem Solving and Test Prep16. In all, Alfred paid $18 for 12 bundles of
asparagus at a local grocery store. If the bundles were in a buy-one-get-one-free sale, how much did each bundle cost before the sale?
17. Eva wants to divide 122 yards of yarn into 5-yard lengths to make potholders. How many potholders can Eva make? How many yards will be left over?
18. Ed divided 735 football cards equally among 8 friends. How many cards did each friend get?
A 98
B 91
C 99
D 99r3
19. Four cans of spaghetti are on sale for $4.64. How much does one can of spaghetti cost?
Name Lesson 12.2
5 r8
� � 572
69 r
4 � � 5 2
$3 24; 2 yards left over
$1.16
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
29 r2 $51 143 r3
140 r4 97 r1 95 r6
34 r1 108 r1 $132
B
5 8
68 8
5
PracticePW82© Harcourt • Grade 4
Zeros in DivisionWrite the number of digits in each quotient.
1. 366 � 3
2. 5 � � 374
3. 635 � 7
4. 4 � � 923
5. 672 � 8
6. 5 � � 811
7. 9 � 921
8. 6 � � 597
9. 816 � 2
10. 7 � � 177
Divide and check.
11. 495 � 5 � 12. 719 � 6 �
13. 3 � � 735 14. 3 � � 735
Problem Solving and Test Prep15. Yoshi has a collection of 702
miniature cars that he displays on 6 shelves in his bookcase. If the cars are divided equally, how many are on each shelf?
16. In 5 days, scouts made a total of 865 trinkets for a fundraiser. If they made the same number each day, how many did they make in 1 day?
17. Greta has 594 flyers in stacks of 9 flyers each. How many stacks of flyers will Greta make?
A 55
B 66
C 77
D 88
18. Susan has 320 slices of banana bread. She wants to fill bags with 8 slices of banana bread each. How do you find the number of bags Susan will fill? Explain.
Name Lesson 12.3
3 digits 2 digits 2 digits 3 digits 2 digits
3 digits 3 digits 2 digits 3 digits
99
2 digits
245 224 r1
117 cars 173 trinkets
Divide the number of slices by the number of slices per bag. 320 � 8 � 40
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
119 r5
B
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C12_L3.indd PW82 8/7/07 9:28:13 AM
PW81-PW82© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW81-PW82MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW81-PW82 8/7/07 9:55:39 AM8/7/07 9:55:39 AM
Lesson 12.4Item Suggested rationale
1practice dividing a 3-digit number
4practice dividing a 4-digit number
9practice dividing a 4-digit number
13algebra; find the missing dividend
15problem solving; practice dividing a 3-digit number
17multiple choice; divide to solve a problem
Lesson 13.1Item Suggested rationale
1use compatible numbers to estimate quotients of 3-digit by 2-digit numbers
3use compatible numbers to estimate quotients of 3-digit by 2-digit numbers
4use compatible numbers to estimate quotients of 4-digit by 2-digit numbers
6use compatible numbers to estimate quotients of 3-digit by 2-digit numbers
10practice estimating quotients using data
11practice estimating quotients in word problems
14multiple choice; choose the best estimate of a division problem
PracticePW83© Harcourt • Grade 4
Choose a MethodDivide. Write the method you used.
1. 2 � � 643
2. 2 � � 2,418
3. 4 � � 6,458 4. 5 � � 1,467 5. 3 � � 2,483
6. 7 � � 8,123 7. 8 � � 7,467 8. 3 � � 5,105 9. 7 � � 6,111 10. 4 � � 9,600
ALGEBRA Find the dividend.
11. � � 3 � 178
12. � � 4 � 733
13. � � 7 � 410
Problem Solving and Test Prep14. Leona’s team scored a total of
854 points in 7 days. Pilar’s team scored a total of 750 points in 6 days. Which team scored more points per day?
15. Vicki has 789 seeds to put into packets. If she puts 9 seeds in each packet, how many packets will Vicki need? How many seeds will be left over?
16. Seth donated a total of $3,336 over 6 months. He donated the same amount each month. How much did Seth donate each month?
A $210
B $333
C $336
D $556
17. Joe calculated that he drove 1,890 miles a year roundtrip, to and from work. If each round trip is 9 miles, how many days did Joe work?
A 210
B 333
C 336
D 556
Name Lesson 12.4
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
321 r1 403 1,614 r2 293 r2 827 r2
1,160 r3 933 r3 1,701 r2 873 2,400
534 2,932 2,870
Pilar’s team87 packets with 6 seeds left over
D A
Methods may vary.
PracticePW84© Harcourt • Grade 4
Estimate QuotientsWrite the compatible numbers you would use to estimate the quotient. Then estimate.
1. 564 � 21 �
2. 878 � 11 �
3. 421 � 52 �
4. 72 � � 4,218
5. 93 � � 2,644
6. 27 � � 564
7. 3,611 � 42 �
8. 91 � � 6,942
9. 29 � � 5,764
10. USE DATA About how many more times does a human heart beat in one minute than a brown bear’s heart beats in one minute?
Problem Solving and Test Prep11. A sea lion’s heart beats 1,615 times in
17 minutes. About how many times does a sea lion’s heart beat in one minute?
12. A group of 23 mature female sea lions weigh 9,706 pounds. Estimate the average weight of one sea lion in this group.
13. What is the best estimate of 887 � 32?
A 10
B 20
C 30
D 40
14. What is the best estimate of 626 � 63?
A 20
B 60
C 26
D 10
Name Lesson 13.1
Animal Heart Rates
Animal Average Number of Heart Beats in 35 minutes
Human 2,520
Brown bear 1,365
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
600 � 20; 30 900 � 10; 90 400 � 50; 8
4,200 � 70; 60
2,700 � 90; 30
600 � 30; 20
Possible answer: about 40 more times
Possible answer: about 80 times
Possible answer: about 500 pounds
C D
4,000 � 40; 100
7,200 � 90; 80
6,000 � 30; 200
Possible answers are given.
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C13_L1.indd PW84 7/2/07 10:17:09 AM
PW83-PW84© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW83-PW84MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW83-PW84 7/2/07 12:01:13 PM7/2/07 12:01:13 PM
Lesson 13.2Item Suggested rationale
1dividing a 2-digit by 2-digit number using base-ten blocks
3dividing a 2-digit by 2-digit number using base-ten blocks
7dividing a 2-digit by 2-digit number using base-ten blocks
11dividing 3-digit by 2-digit money amounts by drawing a picture
12dividing 3-digit by 2-digit number by drawing a picture
14dividing a 3-digit by 2-digit number
16dividing a 3-digit by 2-digit money amount
Lesson 13.3Item Suggested rationale
1divide a 3-digit by 2-digit number
3divide a 3-digit by 2-digit number
4divide a 3-digit by 2-digit number
6divide a 4-digit number by a 2-digit number
9algebra; find the missing dividend of a 4-digit by 2-digit division problem
10algebra; find the missing remainder of a 3-digit by 2-digit division problem
12problem solving; solve a 3-digit by 2-digit division word problem
13problem solving; solve a 4-digit by 2-digit division word problem
PracticePW85© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 13.2
Model Division by 2-Digit DivisorsUse base-ten blocks to divide.
1. 87 � 21
2. 50 � 12
3. 58 � 16
4. 78 � 21
5. 37 � 14
6. 71 � 15
7. 67 � 18
8. 98 � 23
Draw a picture to divide.
9. 131 � 17
10. 168 � 25
11. $208 � 52
12. 192 � 32
Divide. You may use base-ten blocks or draw a picture.
13. 76 � 18
14. 31 � � 164
15. 19 � � 157
16. $105 � 15
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
4 r3 4 r2 3 r10 3 r15
Check students’ models.
2 r9 4 r11 3 r13 4 r6
7 r12 6 r18 $4 6
4 r4 5 r9 8 r5 $7
Check students’ pictures.
PracticePW86© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 13.3
Record DivisionDivide and record.
1. 276 � 42 �
2. 806 � 31 �
3. 668 � 23 �
4. 651 � 45 �
5. 14 � � 98 6. 44 � � 1,872 7. 32 � � 709 8. 51 � � 478
ALGEBRA Find the missing number.
9. � 18 � 97 10. 822 � 43 � 19 r 11. 289 � 26 � r3
Problem Solving and Test Prep12. Annie has a collection of 433 nickels.
If she puts them into rolls of 20 nickels each, how many rolls will Annie make? How many nickels will Annie have left over?
13. Mr. Keele recently packed up his collection of 1,033 family photos. If each box held 35 photos, how many boxes did Mr. Keele use? How many photos were left over?
14. June always puts 16 stamps on each page of her stamp album. Her aunt just bought her 284 stamps. Explain how to use division to find how many pages June will fill in her album.
15. Herb has 2,435 stickers to divide equally among his 29 classmates. How many stickers will be left over?
A 11
B 27
C 28
D 83
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
6 r24
C
26 29 r1 14 r21
7 42 r24 22 r5 9 r19
1,7465 11
21 rolls, 13 left 29 boxes, 18 left
Possible explanation: Estimate to place the first digit in the quotient. Then divide. Write the remainder next to the quotient.
PW85-PW86© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW85-PW86MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW85-PW86 6/19/07 3:16:49 PM6/19/07 3:16:49 PM
Lesson 13.4Item Suggested rationale
2adjust the estimated digit in the quotient
3adjust the estimated digit in the quotient
4adjust the estimated digit in the quotient
7algebra; find the value of a variable
9algebra; find the value of a variable
11 problem solving; division
12 problem solving; division
Lesson 13.5Item Suggested rationale
1determine if there’s too much or too little information to solve a word problem
2determine if there’s too much or too little information to solve a word problem
3problem solving; use data from a chart
5problem solving; determine the possible combinations from among 3 choices
6 solve a multi-step problem
PracticePW87© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 13.4
Adjusting QuotientsAdjust the estimated digit in the quotient, if needed. Then divide.
1. 19 � � 118 2. 53 � � 268
3. 37 � � 296
4. 21 � � 1,974 5. 48 � � 1,928
6. 64 � � 1,422
ALGEBRA Find the value of n.
7. 860 � 43 � n
n �
8. 1,092 � 13 � n
n �
9. 1,064 � n� 56
n �
10. n � 32 � 46
n �
Problem Solving and Test Prep11. Mr. James drove 225 miles to visit his
brother. He maintained a speed of 45 miles per hour. How many hours did Mr. James drive?
12. A commuter train can hold a total of 1,978 passengers in 23 equally sized cars. How many passengers can the train carry in each car?
13. Ms. Grey’s car travels 32 miles per gallon of gas. Explain how to estimate how many gallons of gas Ms. Grey will need to travel 2,816 miles.
14. The cafeteria staff put 833 carrotsticks into bags. Each bag held 22 carrot sticks. Which is the best estimate of how many bags they filled?
A 30
B 40
C 50
D 60
7 5 7
1 4 3
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
20
6 r4 5 r3 8
94 40 r8 22 r14
84 19 1,472
5 hours 86 passengers
Possible explanation:
Round. 3,000 � 30 � 100,
so she would need about
100 gallons.
B
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C13_L4.indd PW87 7/2/07 10:17:25 AM
PracticePW88© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 13.5
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Too Much/Too Little InformationProblem Solving Skill Practice
Decide if the problem has too much or too little information. Then, solve if possible. If there is too little information, identify the missing information.
1. Rocky has a collection of 954 trading cards. He divides the trading cards equally into boxes. The boxes are 5 inches by 7 inches. In how many boxes does Rocky store his trading cards?
2. Wendy’s assignment is to divide 567 gold stars equally into 21 bags. The stars are to be used for school craft projects over the next 6 weeks. How many gold stars can Wendy put into each bag?
Mixed ApplicationsUSE DATA For 3–6, use the sign below.
3. Janis wants to buy 11 of her friends a gift from the Last Chance CD Sale. How much money will Janis need to save if she buys each friend a Top-10 CD? Will your answer be an estimate or an exact answer?
4. Jaime decided to buy 5 top-10 CDs and 4 soundtracks. How much more do the 5 top-10 CDs cost than the 4 soundtracks cost?
5. Lisa has $38 to buy 3 CD gifts for her friends. What possible combinations could Lisa buy?
6. Nelly will buy 1 book on CD and 3 soundtracks. Kyle will buy 3 top-10 CDs and 1 soundtrack. Who will spend more: Nelly or Kyle?
Last Chance CD SaleTop-10 $13 Books on CD $14Soundtracks $11
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
too little; number of
boxes available
too much; 27 gold stars
$143; exact answer $21 more
1 ea.; 3 soundtracks; 2 S, 1 top
10; 2 soundtracks, 1 book on
CD; 2 top-10, 1 soundtrack Kyle
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C13_L5.indd PW88 7/2/07 8:44:28 AM
PW87-PW88© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW87-PW88MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW87-PW88 7/2/07 12:01:24 PM7/2/07 12:01:24 PM
Lesson 14.1Item Suggested rationale
3practice finding all the factors of composite numbers
6 practice finding multiples
9decide if one number is a factor of another
14decide if one number is a factor of another
15decide if one number is a factor of another
16Practice finding a pattern of multiples
18 finding a factor of a number
19multiple choice; finding factors of a number
Lesson 14.2Item Suggested rationale
2decide if a number is divisible by another
5decide if a number is divisible by another
7decide if a number is divisible by another
14 practice the divisibility rules
15 practice the divisibility rules
17problem solving; divide by multiples of 10
19multiple choice; decide if a number is divisible by another
PracticePW89© Harcourt • Grade 4
Factors and MultiplesUse arrays to find all of the factors of each product.
1. 12
2. 18
3. 30
4. 21
List the first twelve multiples of each number.
5. 11
6. 4
7. 9
Is 8 a factor of each number? Write yes or no.
8. 16
9. 35
10. 56
11. 96
Is 32 a multiple of each number? Write yes or no.
12. 1
13. 16
14. 13
15. 8
Problem Solving and Test Prep16. Tammy wants to make a pattern
of multiples of 2, that are also factors of 16. What will be the numbers in Tammy’s pattern?
17. Which multiples of 4 are also factors of 36?
18. What multiple of 7 is a factor of 49?
19. Fred is placing 10 cups on a table, in equal rows. In what ways can Fred arrange the cups?
A Rows of 1, 2, or 6
B Rows of 2, 4, or 6
C Rows of 1, 2, 5 or 10
D Rows of 10, 20, or 30
Name Lesson 14.1
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12
1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30
1, 7, 21
11, 22, 33, 44,
55, 66, 77, 88,
99, 110, 121, 132
4, 8, 12, 16, 20,
24, 28, 32, 36,
40, 44, 48
9, 18, 27, 36,
45, 54, 63, 72,
81, 90, 99, 108
yes
2, 4, 8, 16
yes yesno
yesyes no yes
4, 12
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
7
C
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C14_L1.indd PW89 7/2/07 10:24:56 AM
PracticePW90© Harcourt • Grade 4
Divisibility RulesTell whether the number is divisible by 2, 5, 10, or 25.
1. 825
2. 312
3. 466
4. 745
5. 250
6. 155
7. 380
8. 455
9. 676
10. 695
11. 300
12. 266
Write true or false for each statement. Explain.
13. All numbers divisible by 25 are also divisible by 2.
14. All numbers divisible by 10 are also divisible by 5.
15. All numbers divisible by 1 are also divisible by 5.
16. All numbers divisible by 5 are also divisible by 1.
Problem Solving and Test Prep17. Ace wants to divide 86 blocks equally
among 10 students. Will Ace have any blocks left over? If yes, how many?
18. Can Greta divide 760 scorecards equally among 25 teammates? If yes, how many will each teammate receive? If no, why not?
19. Which number is divisible by 5 and 10?
A 2,245 C 2,446
B 2,300 D 2,557
20. If a number is divisible by 15, is it also divisible by 5 and 10? Explain.
Name Lesson 14.2
5, 25 2 2 5
2, 5, 10, 25 5 2, 5, 10 5
false; numbers divisible by 2 have to be even; some numbers divisible by 25 are not even.
true; 10 is divisible by 5.
yes; 6 no; 760 is not equally divisible by 25.
2 5 2, 5, 10, 25 2
false; numbers divisible by 5 end in 5 or 0; numbers divisible by 1 include all numbers.
true; 5 is divisible by 1.
It is divisible by 5 but not necessarily by 10.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
PW89-PW90© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW89-PW90MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW89-PW90 7/2/07 12:01:27 PM7/2/07 12:01:27 PM
Lesson 14.3Item Suggested rationale
2use a model to determine a prime or composite number
4use a model to determine a prime or composite number
6use a model to determine a prime or composite number
7use a model to determine a prime or composite number
9determine whether a number is prime or composite
14determine whether a number is prime or composite
15determine whether a number is prime or composite
20determine whether a number is prime or composite
22determine whether a number is prime or composite
23multiple choice; determine which number is prime
Lesson 14.4Item Suggested rationale
1find a rule and extend the pattern
3find a rule and extend the pattern
6use a rule to find missing numbers in a pattern
8use a rule to find missing numbers in a pattern
10 develop a pattern
11 develop a pattern
12 develop a pattern
14 write a rule for a pattern
15multiple choice; find a rule for a pattern
PracticePW91© Harcourt • Grade 4
Prime and Composite NumbersMake arrays to find the factors. Write prime or composite for each number.
1. 9
2. 17
3. 24
4. 36
5. 41
6. 2
7. 27
8. 57
Write prime or composite for each number.
9. 54
10. 37
11. 29
12. 40
13. 45
14. 33
15. 51
16. 88
17. 42
18. 11
19. 21
20. 67
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 21–22, use the picture of stickers.
21. In what other ways could the stickers be arranged in equal rows?
22. Is 49 prime, or composite? Explain.
23. Which of the following is a prime number?
A 20 C 24
B 21 D 29
24. Which of the following is a composite number?
A 19 C 36
B 23 D 41
Name Lesson 14.3
Check students’ arrays.
1, 3, 9; composite
1, 17; prime
Possible answer: no other way or in one row of 49 stickers
composite; it has more than two factors
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24; composite
1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 12, 18, 36; composite
1, 3, 9, 27; composite
composite prime prime composite
primecomposite composite composite
composite prime composite prime
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
1, 41; prime
1, 2; prime
1, 3, 19, 57; composite
D C
PracticePW92© Harcourt • Grade 4
Number PatternsFind a rule. Then find the next two numbers in your pattern.
1. 108, 99, 90, 81, ,
2. 2, 4, 6, 8, ,
3. 2, 4, 8, 16, ,
4. 85, 88, 82, 85, 79, 82, ,
ALGEBRA Find a rule. Then find the missing numbers in your pattern.
5. 2, 6, 10, , 18, 22, 26,
6. 545, 540, 535, , 525,
7. 600, 590, 592, 582, 584,
8. 400, 410, 409, , 418,
Use the rule to make a number pattern. Write the first four numbers in the pattern.
9. Rule: Add 7. Start with 14.
10. Rule: Subtract 6.Start with 72.
11. Rule: Add 2, subtract 5.
Start with 98.
12. Rule: Multiply by 2, subtract 1.Start with 2.
Problem Solving and Test Prep13. Look at the number pattern below.
What is the next number if the rule is multiply by 2?
3, 6, 12,
14. Use the pattern 6, 9, 18, 21. What is a rule for the pattern if the next number is 24?
15. Which of the following describes a
rule for this pattern? 3, 8, 5, 10, 7, 12
A Add 3, subtract 5.
B Add 5, subtract 3.
C Add 5, subtract 2.
D Add 5, subtract 3.
16. What might the next two numbers in this pattern be? 192, 96, 48, 24, ,
Name Lesson 14.4
Rule: subtract 9 Rule: add 2
Rule: multiply by 2 Rule: add 3, subtract 6
Rule: add 4 Rule: subtract 5
Rule: subtract 10, add 2 Rule: add 10, subtract 1
14, 21, 28, 35
98, 100, 95, 97 2, 4, 3, 6
Add 3
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible answers are given.
72, 66, 60, 54
Possible answers: 12, 6
B
Possible answers are given.
24
72 63 10 12
530 520
419 428574
14 30
797632 64
PW91-PW92© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW91-PW92MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW91-PW92 6/19/07 3:17:07 PM6/19/07 3:17:07 PM
Lesson 14.5Item Suggested rationale
2solve problems using the find a pattern strategy
3solve problems using the find a pattern strategy
5solve problems using the find a pattern strategy
6problem solving; multiplication
Lesson 15.1Item Suggested rationale
2write fractional parts of a whole using models
5 draw fractional parts
9write a fraction for its word name
11write a fraction for its word name
12problem solving; write a fractional part of a whole
14multiple choice; write a fractional part of a whole
15problem solving; write fractional parts of a whole
PracticePW93© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Find a PatternProblem Solving Strategy PracticeFind a pattern to solve.
1. A 3 by 3 array of blocks is painted so that every other row, starting with row 1, begins with a red block, and the alternate rows begin with a black block. Does the 12th row begin with red or black?
2. What will be the next three shapes in the pattern?
3. The first day on a March calendar is Saturday. The month of March has 31 days. On which day of the week is the last day of March?
4. How many blocks are needed to build a stair step pattern that has a base of 10, a height of 10, and where each step is one block high and one block deep?
Mixed Strategy Practice 5. USE DATA If the pattern continues,
how much would each 5-inch spike cost if you buy 10,000?
6. Jules bought 5 pet turtles for $2 each. How much money did Jules spend on turtles in all?
7. Dorothy bought gloves with a $20 dollar bill. The gloves cost $6. How much change did Dorothy receive?
Ralph’s Hardware Builder’s Sale
Spike 10 100 1,000
5-inch 10 cents ea. 8 cents ea. 6 cents ea.
10-inch 15 cents ea. 13 cents ea. 10 cents ea.
15-inch 20 cents ea. 16 cents ea. 12 cents ea.
Name Lesson 14.5
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
black 3 lightning bolts
Monday 55 blocks
4 cents each
$10 $14
PracticePW94© Harcourt • Grade 4
Read and Write FractionsWrite a fraction for the shaded part. Write a fraction for the unshaded part.
1.
2.
3.
Draw a picture and shade part of it to show the fraction. Write a fraction in word form for the unshaded part.
4. 5 __ 6 5. 4 ___
10 6. 3 __
7 7. 3 __
5
Write the fraction for each.
8. one eighth
9. seven tenths
10. four out of five
11. two divided by three
Problem Solving and Test Prep12. Angela has 5 dollars to spend on
lunch. She spends 1 dollar on a drink, 3 dollars on a hot dog, and 1 dollar on a bag of pretzels. What fraction of Angela’s money does she spend on a hot dog?
13. There are 9 houses on Zack’s block. Four of them are red brick and the rest are gray brick. What fraction of the houses on Zack’s block are gray brick?
14. Niko cuts a pizza into eight equal parts. He eats 3 slices of pizza. What fraction of Niko’s pizza is left?
A 1 __ 8 C 3 __ 5
B 3 __ 8 D 5 __
8
15. Melissa buys 9 pieces of fruit. Of the fruit, 3 _ 9 are apples, 2 _ 9 are bananas and the rest are pears. What fraction of Melissa’s fruit are pears? Explain.
Name Lesson 15.1
4 _ 6 ; 2 _
6 7 _
8 ; 1 _
8 3 _
5 ; 2 _
5
1 _ 8 7 __
10 4 _
5 2 _
3
5 _ 9 3 _
5
4 __ 9 ; I can count the fruit that
isn’t apples or bananas.
Check students’ drawings.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
four sevenths
one sixth
six tenths
two fifths
D
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C15_L1.indd PW94 7/2/07 10:25:23 AM
PW93-PW94© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW93-PW94MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW93-PW94 7/2/07 12:01:38 PM7/2/07 12:01:38 PM
Lesson 15.2Item Suggested rationale
2writing equivalent fractions for a model
6 writing equivalent fractions
9 identify equivalent fractions
14identify if a fraction is in simplest form
20problem solving; write a fraction in simplest form
22multiple choice; identify equivalent fractions
Lesson 15.3Item Suggested rationale
1compare fractions using a model
3compare fractions using a model
4compare fractions using a model
7 order fractions
10 order fractions
15multiple choice; write equivalent fractions
16problem solving; compare two fractions
PracticePW95© Harcourt • Grade 4
Model Equivalent FractionsWrite two equivalent fractions for each model.
1.
2.
3.
Write two equivalent fractions for each.
4. 1 __ 5 5. 2 __
3 6. 3 ___
12 7. 6 __
8
Tell whether the fractions are equivalent. Write � or �.
8. 2 __ 9 , 4 ___ 16
9. 2 __ 6 , 8 ___ 24
10. 1 __ 7 , 2 ___ 14
11. 6 ___ 12
, 2 __ 3
Tell whether the fraction is in simplest form. If not, write it in simplest form.
12. 12 ___ 16
13. 5 __ 9 14. 18 ___
20 15. 3 ___
14
ALGEBRA Find the missing numerator or denominator.
16. 2 __ 8 � ____
24 17. 6 ___
16 � ____
8 18. 7 __
9 � 28 ____ 19. 2 __
5 � 20 ____
Problem Solving and Test Prep 20. Sheryl’s cat had a litter of kittens. Of the
kittens, 3 are white and 6 are gray. What fraction of the kittens are white? Write the fraction in simplest form.
21. Mario ate 4 hot dogs. One of them had mustard on it and the rest were plain. What fraction of Mario’s hot dogs were plain? Write an equivalent fraction for Mario’s plain hot dogs.
22. Which fraction is equivalent to 2 __ 5 ?
A 3 __ 6 C 4 ___
10
B 2 __ 8 D 5 ___
15
23. Explain why 15 __ 45 is not equivalent to 5 _ 8 ?
Name Lesson 15.2
2 3 4 5 6 7 88 8 8 8 8 8 8 81
3 _ 5 , 9 __
15 3 _
4 , 9 __
12 1 _
2 , 3 _
6
2 __ 10
; 3 ____ 15
4 _ 6 ; 6 _
9 1 _
4 ; 6 ____
24 3 _
4 ; 12 __
16
� ���
no; 3 _ 4 yes no; 9 ____
10 yes
3 _ 9 ; 1 _
3 3 _
4 ; 6 _
8
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible answers are given.
Possible answers are given.
C
15 ____ 45
in simplest form is 1 _ 3 ;
1 _ 3 � 5 _
8 .
6 336 50
PracticePW96© Harcourt · Grade 4
Compare and Order FractionsCompare. Write �, �, or � for each .
1. 4 __ 5 2 __
3 2. 1 __
5 1 __
8
3. 2 __ 6 1 __
3 4. 3 __
8 5 __
8
Order the fractions from least to greatest.
5. 1 __ 3 , 1 __
8 , 1 __
6
6. 2 __ 5 , 5 ___
10 , 3 __
9
7. 5 __ 6 , 11 ___
12 , 2 __
4
8. 3 __ 8 , 4 ___
12 , 1 __
9
Order the fractions from greatest to least.
9. 1 __ 5 , 1 __
4 , 1 __
8
10. 2 __ 6 , 3 ___
10 , 5 __
8
11. 2 __ 3 , 1 __
5 , 4 __
9
12. 1 __ 2 , 2 ___
12 , 2 ___
10
Problem Solving and Test Prep13. Trisha has 8 stamps from the United
States, 4 stamps from Mexico, and 3 stamps from Canada. What fraction of stamps does Trisha have from each country?
14. Pete has 12 stamps from the United States, twice that many from Mexico, and 3 from Canada. What fraction of stamps does Pete have from each country?
15. Which number makes this statement true?
1 __ 4 � ___
16
A 1 C 4
B 2 D 16
16. In Billy’s collection, 1 _ 4 of his stamps are from the United States and 3 __ 12 of his stamps are from Mexico. From which country does Billy have more stamps? Explain.
Name Lesson 15.3
15
18
0 1 2 3
1 3
15
25
35
450 1
.
,�
1 _ 8 , 1 _
6 , 1 _
3 3 _
9 , 2 _
5 , 5 __
10 2 _
4 , 5 _
6 , 11 __
12 1 _
9 , 4 __
12 , 3 _
8
1 _ 2 , 2 __
10 , 2 __
12 2 _
3 , 4 _
9 , 1 _
5 5 _
8 , 2 _
6 , 3 __
10 1 _
4 , 1 _
5 , 1 _
8
U.S. 8 ____ 15 ; Mexico 4 ____ 15 ; Canada 3 ____ 15 , or 1 __ 5
U.S. 4 ____ 13 ; Mexico 8 ____ 13 ; Canada 1 ____ 13
They are equal 1 __ 4 = 3 ____ 12 .
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C
.
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C15_L3.indd PW96 7/2/07 10:25:50 AM
PW95-PW96© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW95-PW96MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW95-PW96 7/2/07 12:01:45 PM7/2/07 12:01:45 PM
Lesson 15.4Item Suggested rationale
1write a mixed number from a picture
6identify a fraction on a number line
10write a mixed number as a fraction
12write a fraction as a mixed number
14locate a fraction on a number line
16multiple choice; write a mixed number as a fraction
Lesson 15.5Item Suggested rationale
2use fraction bars to compare mixed numbers
4use a number line to compare mixed numbers
6 order three mixed numbers
8use a table to compare mixed numbers
10multiple choice; compare mixed numbers
PracticePW97© Harcourt • Grade 4
Read and Write Mixed NumbersWrite a mixed number for each picture in standard form and word form.
1. 2. 3.
Use the number line to write the letter each mixed number or fraction represents.
4. 14 ___ 6 5. 3 4 __
6 6. 11 ___
6 7. 3 3 __
6 8. 7 __
6
Rename each fraction as a mixed number and each mixed number as a fraction.
9. 5 3 __ 4
10. 3 2 ___ 10
11. 38 ___ 6
12. 23 ___ 3
13. 2 3 __ 8
Problem Solving and Test Prep14. Ned cuts a board that is 5 1 _ 4 inches
long. Draw a number line and locate and label 5 1 _ 4 inches.
15. Julia goes for a bike ride for 1 2 _ 3 hours. Draw a number line to represent the length of the bike ride.
16. Denzel makes a cake with 2 2 _ 3 cups of flour. Which shows 2 2 _ 3 as a fraction?
A 4 __ 3 C 6 __
3
B 8 __ 3 D 10 ___
3
17. Ashley serves 3 5 _ 8 trays of muffins. Explan how you would draw a picture to show the mixed number.
Name Lesson 15.4
41 1 1 2 2 3 3 3
A B C
56
26
36
46
16
D E
3 1 _ 4 ; three and one fourth
2 3 _ 5 ; two and three fifths
4 5 _ 6 ; four and five sixths
C E B D A
23 __ 4 32 __
10 6 2 _
6 7 2 _
3 19 __
8
Check students’ drawings.
Explanations will vary.
Check students’ drawings.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
PracticePW98
Compare and Order Mixed NumbersCompare the mixed numbers. Write ,, ., or � for each .
1. 2.
1 3 __ 5 1 3 __ 4 1 1 __
3 1 5 __
8
3. 43 1
2
3 414
24
34
4. 6 71
626
36
46
56
3 1 __ 2 3 2 __
4 6 5 __
6 6 2 __
6
Order the mixed numbers from least to greatest.
5. 2 1 __ 4 , 4 3 __
8 , 2 3 __
4
6. 5 4 __ 9 , 5 2 __
3 , 5 1 __
8
7. 3 4 __ 5 , 3 2 ___
10 , 3 5 ___
12
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 8–9, use the table.
8. Which ingredient shows the largest amount?
9. Which ingredient requires 5_3 cups?
10. The lengths of four activities are listed below. Which activity is the longest?
A 12__5 hours C 22__
5 hours
B 32__5 hours D 32__
3hours
11. Eddie is at an amusement park and wants to find the ride with the shortest wait time. The wait times for four rides are shown. Which wait time is the shortest?
A 14__5 hours C 11__
2hours
B 1 1 __ 5 hours D 1 2 __ 3 hours
Name Lesson 15.5
Recipe for Trail Mix
Ingredient Amount
Corn chips 2 cups
Peanuts 1 1 _ 3 cups
Raisins 1 2 _ 3 cups
1
131
18
18
18
18
18
© Harcourt • Grade 4
�
2 1 _ 4 , 2 3 _
4 , 4 3 _
8
corn chips
raisins
5 1 _ 8 , 5 4 _
9 , 5 2 _
3 3 2 __
10 , 3 5 __
12 , 3 4 _
5
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
� �
�
B
D
PW97-PW98© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW97-PW98MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW97-PW98 6/19/07 3:17:32 PM6/19/07 3:17:32 PM
Lesson 15.6Item Suggested rationale
2use sequencing to order mixed numbers
3use sequencing to compare fractions
6change the information in a problem to write a new problem
Lesson 16.1Item Suggested rationale
2use a model to add like fractions
8add like fractions in horizontal form
13add like fractions in horizontal form
15add like fractions in horizontal form
17add like fractions in horizontal form
PracticePW99© Harcourt · Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Sequence InformationProblem Solving Skill PracticeSequence the information to solve.
1. Ben practices piano for 1 2 _ 3 hours. Charlene practices flute for 3 _ 4 hours. Walter practices drums for 1 1 _ 2 hours. Who practices for the most time? the least?
2. Sara cuts 3 lengths of ribbon. The first piece is 4 5 _ 8 inches long. The second piece is 3 1 _ 4 inches long. The third piece is 4 1 _ 2 inches long. Which piece of ribbon is the longest? the shortest?
3. Joyce naps for 8 _ 5 hours. Rex naps for 5 _ 3 hours. Maya naps for 5 _ 4 hours. Who takes the longest nap? the shortest?
4. Betsy, Latisha, and Ramon eat a pizza pie. Betsy eats 2 _ 8 of the pie. Latisha eats 1 _ 4 of the pie. Ramon eats 3 _ 8 of the pie. Which two children eat the same amount of pie?
Mixed Applications 5. Raul and Marty bake 12 muffins.
Raul brings home 5 __ 12 of the muffins. Marty brings home 1 _ 3 of the muffins. Draw number lines to show who brought home more muffins?
6. Suppose that the number of muffins Marty brought home, in Exercise 5, was changed to 1 _ 2 . Write a new word problem using this information.
7. Zach makes this number line:
Between which two fractions would you place 3 _ 8 ?
8. Rina makes this number line:
Between which two numbers would you place 2 5 __ 6 ?
Name Lesson 15.6
0 114
24
34
32 13
2 23
2
0 1512
0 113
Rex; Maya
Longest 4 5 _ 8 ; Shortest 3 1 _
4
Raul
Betsy and Latisha
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
between 1 _ 4 and 2 _ 4 between 2 2 _ 3 and 3
Ben; Charlene
Answers will vary.
PracticePW100© Harcourt • Grade 4
Model AdditionFind the sum.
1.
1 __ 3 � 2 __
3 �
2.
2 __ 6 � 2 __
6 �
3.
1 __ 2 � 1 __
2 �
4.
3 __ 8 � 2 __
8 �
5.
2 __ 4 � 1 __
4 �
6.
3 __ 6 � 3 __
6 �
Model the sum. Record your answer.
7. 3 __ 8 � 1 __
8 � 8. 4 __
9 � 2 __
9 � 9. 2 ___
10 � 4 ___
10 �
10. 3 __ 6 � 1 __
6 � 11. 4 ___
12 � 5 ___
12 � 12. 1 __
4 � 1 __
4 �
13. 1 __ 8 � 5 __
8 � 14. 3 __
6 � 2 __
6 � 15. 5 ___
10 � 2 ___
10 �
16. 2 __ 9 � 3 __
9 � 17. 6 ___
12 � 2 ___
12 � 18. 1 __
4 � 3 __
4 �
19. 2 __ 3 � 1 __
3 � 20. 6 __
9 � 4 __
9 � 21. 1 __
8 � 6 __
8 �
0 118
28
38
48
58
68
78
0 116
26
36
46
56
0 114
24
34
Name Lesson 16.1
3 _ 3 , or 1 4 _
6 2 _
2 , or 1
5 _ 8 3 _
4 6 _
6 ; or 1
4 _ 8 6 _
9 6 __
10
4 _ 6 9 __
12 2 _
4
6 _ 8 5 _
6 7 __
10
5 _ 9 8 __
12 4 _
4 , or 1
3 _ 3 , or 1 10 __
9 , or 1 1 _
9
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Check students’ models.
7 _ 8
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C16_L1.indd PW100 7/2/07 10:27:36 AM
PW99-PW100© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW99-PW100MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW99-PW100 7/2/07 12:02:01 PM7/2/07 12:02:01 PM
Lesson 16.2Item Suggested rationale
2subtracting fractions using a model
9 subtracting in horizontal form
10 subtracting in horizontal form
12 subtracting in horizontal form
20 subtracting in horizontal form
Lesson 16.3Item Suggested rationale
2 subtract in vertical form
5 add in horizontal form
7 add in horizontal form
9 compare equivalent fractions
11 solve for a variable
15problem solving; use a bar graph to subtract fractions
17 multiple choice; add fractions
PracticePW101© Harcourt • Grade 4
Model SubtractionFind the difference.
1.
5 __ 6 � 2 __
6 �
2.
2 __ 6 � 1 __
6 �
3.
1 __ 2 � 1 __
2 �
4.
3 __ 4 � 2 __
4 �
5.
2 __ 3 � 1 __
3 �
6.
3 __ 5 � 1 __ 5 �
Model the difference. Record your answer.
7. 8 ___ 10
� 3 ___ 10
� 8. 7 __ 9 � 2 __
9 � 9. 10 ___
12 � 5 ___
12 �
10. 5 __ 6 � 1 __
6 � 11. 6 __
8 � 1 __
8 � 12. 8 __
9 � 5 __
9 �
13. 7 __ 8 � 5 __
8 � 14. 3 __
4 � 1 __
4 � 15. 4 __
6 � 1 __
6 �
16. 8 __ 9 � 3 __
9 � 17. 8 ___
12 � 2 ___
12 � 18. 6 ___
10 � 1 ___
10 �
19. 2 __ 3 � 1 __
3 � 20. 6 __
9 � 4 __
9 � 21. 7 __
9 � 6 __
9 �
Name Lesson 16.2
140 12
434
130 12
325
35
15
450 1
3 _ 6 1 _
6 0 _
2 , or 0
2 _ 5
5 __ 12
3 _ 9
5 _ 9
5 _ 8
5 __ 10
4 _ 6
1 _ 4 1 _
3
2 _ 8 2 _
4 3 _
6
5 _ 9
2 _ 9 1 _
3
5 __ 10
6 __ 12
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Check students’ models.
1 _ 9
PracticePW102© Harcourt • Grade 4
Record Addition and SubtractionFind and record the sum or difference.
1. 7 __ 8
� 3 __ 8
_
2. 5 __ 6
� 3 __ 6
_
3. 3 ___ 12
� 4 ___ 12
_
4. 8 __ 9
� 1 __ 9
_
5. 7 ___ 10
� 3 ___ 10
� 6. 7 __ 9 � 4 __
9 � 7. 4 ___
12 � 7 ___
12 �
Compare. Write ,, ., or � for each .
8. 5 __ 6 � 1 __
6 1 9. 4 __
9 � 1 __
9 1 __
3 10. 10 ___
12 � 2 ___
12 7 ___
12
ALGEBRA Find the value of x.
11. 2 __ 7 � x __ 7 � 6 __
7
x �
12. x __ 3 � 1 __
3 � 1 __
3
x �
13. 4 __ 5 � 3 __
5 � 1 __ x
x �
14. 4 __ x � 6 __ x � 1
x �
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 15–16, use the graph.
15. How much more time does Sara study than Brian studies?
16. How much more time does Malik study than Sara and Brian together?
17. Sue buys 2 _ 8 pound of walnuts and 5 _ 8 pound of peanuts. How many pounds of nuts does Sue buy in all?
A 3 __ 8 C 7 __
8
B 2 ___ 16
D 7 ___ 16
18. Juan’s garden is divided into eighths. Of the garden, 3 _ 8 is tomato plants and 1 _ 8 is cucumber plants. What part of the garden is planted with tomato and cucumber plants?
Name Lesson 16.3
1-21-4
1
3-42-41-4
0
1
1
Sara Malik Brian
Time Spent Studying
Frac
tions
of a
n Ho
ur
10__8
, or 1 2_8 , or 1 1_
4 2 _ 6 , or 1 _
3 7__
12 7 _ 9
10 __ 10
, or 1 3_9 , or 1_
3 11 __ 12
< >�
4 2 5 10
1 _ 2 hour
1 _ 4 hour
4 __ 8 , or 1 __
2
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C
PW101-PW102© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW101-PW102MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW101-PW102 6/19/07 3:17:52 PM6/19/07 3:17:52 PM
Lesson 16.4Item Suggested rationale
2 write a subtraction equation
3 write an addition equation
6 use a table to add fractions
Lesson 16.5Item Suggested rationale
2 add with mixed numbers
5add mixed numbers with a sum of a whole number
7subtract with mixed numbers; answer written in simplest form
11add a mixed number and a fraction
13find the value for n in the numerator to make an equation true
15use a table to subtract mixed numbers
18problem solving; subtract mixed numbers
PracticePW103© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Write an EquationProblem Solving Strategy PracticeWrite an equation to solve.
1. Jasmine takes dance class for tap and modern dance. The class lasts for 5 _ 6 hour. The modern dance part lasts for 2 _ 6 hour. How long does the tap class last?
2. Martin buys 5 _ 8 yard of fabric for a project. He has 2 _ 8 yard of fabric left over after completing the project. How much fabric did Martin use for his project?
3. Robert goes to soccer practice on Saturdays. This week, 2 _ 5 of the children at practice are girls. What fraction of the children at practice are boys?
4. Harley and Belinda share a bag of crackers. Harley eats 7 __ 12 of the crackers. Belinda eats 4 __ 12 of the crackers. What fraction of the crackers do they eat in all?
Mixed Strategy PracticeUSE DATA For 5–6, use the table.
5. Nicky walks dogs to earn money. How much more time does Nicky spend walking Binky than Pugg?
6. How much time does Nicky spend walking Rusty and Pugg together?
7. Michel practices piano for 75 minutes each day. Write a mixed number to show the number of hours Michel practices.
8. Linda plays 90 minutes of softball a day. Write a mixed number to show the number of hours Linda plays softball.
Name Lesson 16.4
Dog Walking Hours
Dog Names Time Spent
Pugg 2 _ 8 hour
Rusty 3 _ 8 hour
Binky 5 _ 8 hour
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
2 __ 6 � d � 5 __
6 ; 3 __
6 5 __
8 � f � 2 __
8 ; 3 __
8
2 __ 5 � b � 5 __
5 ; 3 __
5 7 ____
12 � 4 ____
12 � c; 11 ____
12
3 __ 8 hour
5 __ 8 hour
1 1 __ 4 hours 1 1 __
2 hours
Equations and variables may vary.
PracticePW104© Harcourt • Grade 4
Add and Subtract Mixed NumbersModel and record the sum or difference.
1. 2 1 __ 8
� 1 3 __ 8
_
2. 1 3 __ 5
� 3 1 __ 5
_
3. 5 7 ___ 10
� 1 2 ___ 10
__
4. 3 7 __ 9
� 3 __ 9
_
5. 2 1 __ 3
� 1 2 __ 3
_
6. 3 3 ___ 12
� 1 4 ___ 12
__
7. 2 5 __ 6
� 1 3 __ 6
_
8. 4 8 ___ 12
� 1 3 ___ 12
__
9. 1 7 __ 9 � 1 4 __
9 � 10. 2 3 __
4 � 2 1 __
4 � 11. 4 4 ___
10 � 7 ___
10 �
ALGEBRA Find the value of n.
12. 2 4 __ 6 � 1 n __
9 � 3 5 __
6
n �
13. 3 n __ 8 � 2 3 __
8 � 1 2 __
8
n �
14. 5 9 ___ 10
� 5 n ___ 10
� 2 ___ 10
n �
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 15–16, use the table.
15. How many more inches are there of green ribbon than blue ribbon?
16. Tim adds another 2 2 _ 8 inches of red ribbon. How many inches are there now of both red and green ribbon?
17. Sonya drives 2 3 __ 10 miles to the store and 4 4 __ 10 miles to the library. How far does Sonya drive in all?
A 2 7 __ 10 miles
B 6 7 __ 10 miles
C 6 6 __ 10 miles
D 6 7 __ 20 miles
18. Ira uses 4 3 _ 8 cups of almonds, 2 1 _ 8 cups of raisins, and 1 2 _ 8 cups of peanuts to make trail mix. How much more almonds does Ira use than peanuts? Explain.
Name Lesson 16.5
Ribbons Used for Puppets
Red 3 4 _ 8 inches
Blue 4 1 _ 4 inches
Green 5 1 _ 8 inches
3 4 __ 8 , or 3 1 __
2 4 4 __
5 4 5 ____
10 , or 4 1 __
2 3 4 __
9
3 3 __ 3 , or 4 4 7 ____
12 1 2 __
6 , or 1 1 __
3 3 5 ____
12
3 __ 9 , or 1 __
3 4 4 __
4 , or 5
1 5 7
7 __ 8 inches
10 7 __ 8
4 11 __ 10
, or 5 1 __ 10
Possible explanation:4 3 __ 8 � 1 2 __ 8 � 3 1 __ 8.
B
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
PW103-PW104© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW103-PW104MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW103-PW104 6/19/07 3:18:02 PM6/19/07 3:18:02 PM
Lesson 16.6Item Suggested rationale
2 model the sum less than 1
3 change both denominators
5 model the difference
9 model the sum greater than 1
11 sum greater than 1
13 subtract
18change both denominators and subtract
Lesson 17.1Item Suggested rationale
2find equivalent decimal and fraction of a model
4find equivalent decimal and fraction of a model
7 write a fraction as a decimal
8 write a fraction as a decimal
12write the equivalent fractions, decimals, and money amounts
13write the decimal for the expanded form
14write the missing number in the expanded form
17multiple choice; write a decimal in fraction form
PracticePW105© Harcourt • Grade 4
Model Addition and Subtraction of Unlike FractionsModel the sum or difference. Draw a picture of your model.
1. 1 __ 2 � 1 __
4 � 2. 3 __
8 � 1 __
4 � 3. 1 __
2 � 1 __
5 �
4. 2 __ 3 � 2 __
6 � 5. 3 __
8 � 1 __
4 � 6. 8 ___
12 � 1 __
2 �
7. 1 __ 2 � 2 __
6 � 8. 7 __
9 � 1 __
3 � 9. 7 ___
10 � 3 __
5 �
Find the sum or difference.
10. 1 __ 8 � 1 __
4 � 11. 3 __
4 � 1 __
2 � 12. 4 ___
10 � 4 __
5 �
13. 3 __ 4 � 3 __
8 � 14. 2 __
3 � 3 ___
12 � 15. 5 __
6 � 1 __
3 �
16. 4 __ 9 � 1 __
3 � 17. 3 __
4 � 5 __
8 � 18. 1 __
3 � 1 __
4 �
Name Lesson 16.6
3 _ 4 5 _
8 7 __
10
2 _ 6 , or 1 _
3 1 _
8 2 ____
12 , or 1 _
6
5 _ 6 4 _
9 13 __
10 , or 1 3 __
10
3 _ 8 5 _
4 , or 1 1 _
4
12 __ 10
, or 1 2 __ 10
,or 1 1 __
5
3 _ 8 5 ____
12 3 _
6 , or 1 _
2
7 _ 9 1 _
8 1 ____
12
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.PracticePW106
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Relate Fractions and DecimalsWrite the fraction and decimal shown by each model.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Write each fraction as a decimal. You may draw a picture.
5. 6 ___ 10
6. 2 ____ 100
7. 1 ___ 10
8. 63 ____ 100
Write the amount as a fraction of a dollar, a decimal, and as a money amount.
9. 6 dimes
10. 2 nickels 7 pennies
11. 4 dimes 9 pennies
12. 8 dimes 12 pennies
ALEGBRA Find the missing number.
13. 9 tenths � 7 hundredths � 14. 6 tenths � hundredths � 0.66
Problem Solving and Test Prep15. Write five cents in decimal form.
16. Write one and thirty-four hundredths in decimal form.
17. Which shows the decimal 0.06 in
fraction form?
A 8 ____ 100
B 6 ____ 100
C 8 ___ 10
D 6 ___ 10
18. Abby and Bridget each get $1 a week in allowance. So far this week, Abby has spent $0.40 of her allowance and Bridget has spent 8 __ 10 of her allowance. Abby says that she has spent more than Bridget. Explain how to determine if Abby is correct.
Name Lesson 17.1
3 __ 10
; 0.3 9 __ 10
; 0.9 45 ______ 100
; 0.45 75 ___ 100
; 0.75
0.6 0.02 0.1 0.63
6 ____ 10
, or 3 __ 5 ;
0.6; $0.60 17 ______ 100
; 0.17; $0.17
92 ______ 100
; 0.92; $0.92
0.97 6
0.05 1.34
Possible answer: Abby is incorrect because $0.40 � 4 ____
10 and 4 ____
10 , 8 ____
10 .
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
49 ______ 100
; 0.49; $0.49
B
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C17_L1.indd PW106 7/2/07 10:28:01 AM
PW105-PW106© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW105-PW106MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW105-PW106 7/2/07 12:02:23 PM7/2/07 12:02:23 PM
Lesson 17.2Item Suggested rationale
2 write a decimal as a fraction
7 write a fraction as a decimal
8 write a fraction as a decimal
9write words in decimal and fraction form
14write words in decimal and fraction form
17 write a fraction as a decimal
20multiple choice; write a decimal as a fraction
Lesson 17.3Item Suggested rationale
4reinforce decimal equivalents with models
7recognize decimals that are not equivalent
10write a fraction as an equivalent decimal
11 write equivalent decimals
15write a fraction as an equivalent decimal
17use models to write equivalent decimals
18use models to write equivalent decimals
19use models to write equivalent decimals
PracticePW107© Harcourt • Grade 4
Decimals to ThousandthsWrite each decimal as a fraction.
1. 0.423
2. 0.003
3. 0.091
4. 0.202
Write each fraction as a decimal.
5. 776 _____ 1,000
6. 103 _____ 1,000
7. 45 _____ 1,000
8. 6 _____ 1,000
Write the decimal in two other ways.
9. ten thousandths
10. 0.063
11. forty-one thousandths
12. 0.189
13. 0.2 � 0.022
14. five hundred thousandths
15. 0.33 � 0.303
16. two thousandths
Problem Solving and Test Prep 17. A millisecond is 1 _____ 1,000 of a second. How
would you write 115 milliseconds in decimal form?
18. The length of 1 thief ant is 0.079 cm. What is the length of one thief ant written as a faction?
19. Which decimal is equivalent to 300 _____ 1,000 ?
A 3 C 0.0300
B 0.300 D 0.003
20. Which fraction is equivalent to 0.007?
A 7 ___ 10
C 7 _____ 1,000
B 7 ____ 100
D 70 ____ 100
Name Lesson 17.2
423 _____ 1,000
3 __________ 1,000
91 __________ 1,000
202 __________ 1,000
0.776 0.103 0.045 0.006
63 __________ 1,000
,
sixty-three thousandths
41 __________ 1,000
,
0.041
189 __________ 1,000
,
one-hundredeighty-nine thousandths
0.222, two-hundred twenty-two thousandths
500 __________ 1,000
,
0.500
633 __________ 1,000
, six-hundred thirty-three thousandths
2 __________ 1,000
,
0.002
0.115 79 __________ 1,000
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
10 __________ 1,000
,
0.010
B C
Possible answers are given.
PracticePW108© Harcourt • Grade 4
Equivalent DecimalsUse a tenths model and a hundredths model. Are the two decimals equivalent? Write � or �.
1. 0.1 and 0.10
2. 0.23 and 0.32
3. 0.65 and 0.56
4. 0.3 and 0.30
5. 0.22 and 0.23
6. 0.9 and 0.09
7. 0.76 and 0.67
8. 0.50 and 0.5
Write an equivalent decimal for each. You may use decimal models.
9. 0.70
10. 1 __ 4
11. 0.2
12. 3 __ 4
13. 0.3
14. 0.50
15. 7 ___ 10
16. 0.90
ALGEBRA Write an equivalent decimal. Use the models to help.
17.
0.3 � 0.04 �
18.
� � 0.75
19.
� � 0.93
Name Lesson 17.3
� �
� �
� �
� � � �
0.7 0.25 0.20 0.75
0.90.70.50.30
0.34
0.9
0.7
�� � �
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
0.05
0.03
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C17_L3.indd PW108 6/28/07 11:49:50 AM
PW107-PW108© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW107-PW108MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW107-PW108 6/28/07 12:52:19 PM6/28/07 12:52:19 PM
Lesson 17.4Item Suggested rationale
1use model to write an equivalent decimal and mixed number
2use a number line to write an equivalent decimal and mixed number
4write a mixed number in other forms
7 write a decimal in other forms
9 write the missing addend
10 write the missing addend
12write the word form as the decimal form
13multiple choice; write a decimal as a mixed number
Lesson 17.5Item Suggested rationale
3 find equivalent decimals
6 compare unlike decimals
8 compare unlike decimals
11 order decimals
13 order money amounts
16recognize if an equation is true
17recognize if an equation is true
19 place value of decimals
21multiple choice; recognize if an equation is true
PracticePW109
Name Lesson 17.4
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Relate Mixed Numbers and DecimalsWrite an equivalent mixed number and a decimal for each model.
1.
2.
Write an equivalent mixed number and a decimal for each. Then write the word form. You may use a model.
3. 6.6
4. 3 90 ____ 100
5. 4.75
6. 5 1 __ 4
7. 2.09
ALGEBRA Write the missing number for each .
8. 2.4 � 2 � 9. 3.80 � 3 � 0.8 � 10. 5.06 � 5 � � 0.00
Problem Solving and Test Prep11. Harriet is thinking of a decimal
that is equivalent to eight and one-fifth. What is that decimal?
12. A CD case measures four and four-fifths inches by five and three-fifths inches. What is the decimal form of the measurements?
13. Which mixed number is equivalent to 3.25?
A 3 1 __ 4
B 3 2 __ 5
C 3 2 __ 3
D 2 9 ____ 100
14. In simplest form, what is an equivalent fraction for the decimal 2.36?
A 2 4 ___ 50
B 2 3 ___ 10
C 2 9 ___ 25
D 2 6 ____ 100
3010
3510
4010
4.03.0
3.4, 3 4 ____ 10
3.5, 3 5 __ 10
6 3 __ 5 , six
and three-fifths
3.9, three and 9 tenths
4 3 __ 4 , four
and three-fourths
5.25, five and twenty-five hundredths
2 9 ______ 100
, two and nine-hundredths
0.4 0.0 0.06
8.2 4.8 by 5.6 inches
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
A C
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C17_L4.indd PW109 7/2/07 10:28:38 AM
PracticePW110
Name Lesson 17.5
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Compare and Order DecimalsCompare. Write �, �, or � for each .
1. 4.2 4.01 2. $6.03 $6.33 3. 2.30 2.3 4. $7.75 $7.57
5. 3.5 3.50 6. 8.08 8.80 7. $5.51 $5.15 8. 9.94 9.59
Use a number line to order the decimals from least to greatest.
9. 1.01, 1.02, 1.0, 1.05 10. 3.33, 3.03, 3.34, 3.04 11. 0.01, 1.02, 1.01, 1.05
Order the decimals from greatest to least.
12. 5.4, 5.04, 5.44, 5.43 13. $26.67, $26.76, $26.07 14. 2.77, 2.76, 2.70, 2.66
ALGEBRA Tell whether each number sentence is true or false. If the sentence is false, write the correct number sentence.
15. 4.20 � 4.2
16. 7.67 � 7.76
17. 6.6 � 6.60
18. 8.06 � 8.05
Problem Solving and Test Prep19. Which of the following numbers has
the same value as the digit 6 in the number 2.06? 6.6, 6.06, 6.60, 6.206
20. Order the following numbers from greatest to least.7.07, 7 1 __
2 , 7.05, 7 60 ____
100
21. Which number sentence is correct?
A 5.2 � 5.20 C 3.43 � 3.34
B 6.007 � 6.07 D 4.22 � 4.21
22. Order the decimals from least to greatest. 0.5, 0.9, 0.09, 0.05
. , � .
� ., .
1.0, 1.01, 1.02, 1.05
3.03, 3.04, 3.33, 3.34
1.05, 1.02, 1.01, 0.01
5.44, 5.43, 5.4, 5.04
$26.76, $26.67, $26.07
2.77, 2.76, 2.70, 2.66
true true false; 6.6 � 6.60
false; 8.06 . 8.05
6.06 7 60 ___ 100
, 7 1 _ 2 , 7.07, 7.05
0.05, 0.09, 0.5, 0.9
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C17_L5.indd PW110 7/2/07 10:29:00 AM
PW109-PW110© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW109-PW110MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW109-PW110 7/2/07 12:02:37 PM7/2/07 12:02:37 PM
Lesson 17.6Item Suggested rationale
1 compare to find the best value
4problem solving; compare decimals
5problem solving; estimate or exact answer
Lesson 18.1Item Suggested rationale
4 practice rounding to tenths
5practice rounding money to the nearest dollar
8practice rounding money to the nearest dollar
9practice rounding to the nearest hundredth
11practice rounding to the nearest hundredth
12practice rounding to the nearest hundredth
14practice rounding to the nearest hundredth
17 round data shown on a map
19multiple choice; round a decimal to the nearest tenth
20multiple choice; round a decimal to the nearest tenth
PracticePW111
Name Lesson 17.6
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Draw ConclusionsProblem Solving Skill PracticeUse the information on the chart to draw a conclusion.
1. Jane looks at the ads to the right and wants the best value for her money. Jane wants to buy playing cards. Which game store has the best price for the playing cards?
2. Which store has the better price for checkers?
Mixed ApplicationsUSE DATA For 3–4, use the map.
3. Sal lives 4.08 miles from Discount Games. Who lives closer: Amy or Sal?
4. Sal lives 6.33 miles from Great Games. List Amy, Sal, and Zelda in the order they live from each store from the least to greatest distance.
5. Patty paid for 8 Tshirts with five $20-dollar bills. If the shirts each cost $12.35, about how much change did Patty receive? Do you need an estimate or an exact answer?
GREAT GAMES
DISCOUNT GAMES
Amy’s house
Zelda’s house
6.3 miles
4.8 m
iles
2.5 m
iles
8.3 miles
Discount Games
Discount Games
Sal
Great Games: Zelda, Amy, Sal; Discount Games: Sal, Amy, Zelda
estimate; about $4
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.PracticePW112
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Round DecimalsRound each number to the nearest tenth and each money amount to the nearest dollar.
1. 7.38
2. 43.56
3. 199.62
4. 76.04
5. $22.51
6. $8.87
7. $255.02
8. $655.78
Round each number to the nearest hundredth.
9. 7.236
10. 5.499
11. 51.511
12. 388.901
13. 299.454
14. 49.995
15. 87.468
16. 6.666
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 17–18, use the map.
17. Round each weight per fleece to the nearest whole number. Which states now show equal weight per fleece?
18. Order the states shown according to the heaviest weight per fleece to the lightest.
19. Mr. Scott gets 29.57 miles per gallon in his van. Which shows the miles per gallon rounded to the nearest tenth?
A 29.5 miles
B 29.4 miles
C 29.6 miles
D 29.7 miles
20. Paul is 5.89 feet tall. Which shows Paul’s height to the nearest tenth?
A 5.2 feet
B 5.9 feet
C 5.6 feet
D 5.8 feet
Name Lesson 18.1
NY6.7 lb
PA6.5 lb
MD6.9 lb
WI7.1 lb
IL6.8 lb
MI5.8 lb
Average Weight per Fleece for Six Selected States
7.4 43.6 199.6 76.0
$23 $9 $255 $656
7.24 5.50 51.51 388.90
299.45 50.00 6.67 87.47
IL, NY, MD, PA, WI
WI, MD, IL, NY, PA, MI
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
CB
PW111-PW112© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW111-PW112MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW111-PW112 6/19/07 3:18:37 PM6/19/07 3:18:37 PM
Lesson 18.2Item Suggested rationale
2 practice estimating the sum
5use money to practice estimating the difference
7practice estimating the difference
8use money to practice estimating the sum
10compare estimates of sums and differences
12compare estimates of sums and differences
14use data in a table to practice estimating the difference
15 estimate the difference
16 estimate the difference
Lesson 18.3Item Suggested rationale
1 use a model to find the sum
4 use a model to find the sum
5 use a model to find the sum
6 use a model to find the sum
8 use a model to find the sum
9use a model to find the missing addend
10use a model to find the missing addend
PracticePW113© Harcourt • Grade 4
Estimate Decimal Sums and DifferencesEstimate the sum or difference.
1. 6.42 � 8.55 2. 12.88 � 9.52
3. $12.24 � $8.27 4. 53.514 � 48.661
5. $44.03 � $15.97 6. 3.034 � 5.807
7. 502.229 � 497.536 8. $71.04 � $8.49
Estimate to compare. Write �, �, or � for each .
9. 43.22 � 15.67 81.77 � 22.14 10. 52.48 � 12.02 15.65 � 23.99
11. 76.993 � 47.225 15.425 � 12.601 12. 21.88 � 16.02 75.61 � 40.65
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 13–14, use the table.
Name Lesson 18.2
Month Snowfall (in inches)
Average SnowfallBuffalo, New York
December
January
February
March
24.3
24.0
17.7
12.5
13. About how much less snow falls in Buffalo in March than in December?
14. In December 2001, Buffalo reported 82.1 inches of snowfall. About how much more is this than the average?
15. David drove 99.15 miles in January and 88.98 miles in February. About how many more miles did David drive in January than in February? Show your work.
16. Mr. Frances drives 35.62 miles to work. Mrs. Frances drives 27.25 miles to work. About how many more miles does Mr. Frances drive to work than Mrs. Frances? Show your work.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
15 23 $4 5
4 $799$28
, �
..
about 11 in. less
about 58 in. more
about 10 miles more; 99 � 89 � 10
about 9 miles more; 36 � 27 � 9
Possible estimates are given.
PracticePW114© Harcourt • Grade 4
Model AdditionUse models to find the sum.
1. 0.56 �0.45
__
2. 0.4 �0.7
_
3. 0.25 �0.07
__
4. 1.05 � 0.78
5. 0.2 � 1.6
6. 0.44 � 1.08
7. 1.06 �0.67
__
8. 0.38 �1.9
__
ALGEBRA Use the models to find the missing addend.
9.
0.7 � � 0.9
10.
0.34 � � 0.59
Name Lesson 18.3
1.01 1.1 0.32
1.83 1.8 1.52
1.73 2.28
0.2 0.25
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08ASE4X_PHTE_C18_L3.indd PW114 7/2/07 10:06:21 AM
PW113-PW114© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW113-PW114MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW113-PW114 7/2/07 12:02:53 PM7/2/07 12:02:53 PM
Lesson 18.4Item Suggested rationale
2use a model to find the difference
4use a model to find the difference
5use a model to find the difference
7use a model to find the difference
8use a model to find the difference
9use a model to find the missing number
10use a model to find the missing number
Lesson 18.5Item Suggested rationale
3practice estimating and subtracting money amounts
6practice estimating and adding decimals
8practice estimating and subtracting decimals
9practice comparing sums of money
10practice comparing decimal sums and differences
11 practice adding decimals
13practice finding missing addends
16 practice adding decimals
17 practice subtracting decimals
18multiple choice; subtract money
PracticePW115© Harcourt • Grade 4
Model SubtractionUse models to find the difference.
1. 0.57 �0.18
__
2. 0.7 �0.3
_
3. 1.07 �0.42
__
4. 1.09 �0.90
__
5. 1.9 �1.2
_
6. 1.00 �0.63
__
7. 2.73 � 1.79
8. 2.9 � 2.07
ALGEBRA Use the models to find the missing number.
9.
0.80 � � 0.56
10.
� 0.73 � 0.95
Name Lesson 18.4
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
0.39 0.4 0.65
0.370.70.19
0.830.94
0.24 1.68
MXENL08ASE4X_PHTE_C18_L4.indd PW115 7/2/07 10:07:30 AM
Name Lesson 18.5
PracticePW116© Harcourt • Grade 4
Record Addition and SubtractionEstimate. Then record the sum or difference.
1. 5.43 �2.54
__
2. 2.89 �1.22
__
3. $41.32 �37.44
__
4. 2.29 � 1.53
__
5. $21.82 � $13.09
6. 42.14 � 24.36
7. $94.23 � $65.44
8. 57.22 � 53.88
Compare. Write ,, �, or � for each .
9. $5.15 � $0.10 $4.84 � $0.35 10. 3.78 � 2.51 9.54 � 3.30
ALGEBRA Find the missing decimals. The sums are given at the end of each row and bottom of each column.
11. 13.06 4.12 22.77
12. 67.77 15.14 83.64
13. 0.98 73.22 80.78
14. 78.07 44.49 204.37
Problem Solving and Test Prep15. Sierra had 8.25 feet of plastic wrap.
She used 3.75 feet. How much plastic wrap does Sierra have left?
16. Lyle spent $2.47 on peanut butter, $3.56 on jelly, and $2.37 on a loaf of bread. How much did Lyle spend in all?
17. Lauren saved $9.25 of her allowance. Chloe saved $2.45 less than what Lauren saved. How much did Chloe save?
18. Jason bought pants on sale for $25.89. The original price was $33.98. How much did Jason save?
A $8.25
B $8.19
C $8.11
D $8.09
2; 2.89 4; 4.11 $4; $3.88 4; 3.82
$35; $34.91 66; 66.5 or 66.50
$29; $28.79 3; 3.34
39.95
0.73
6.58
81.81
..
4.5 or 4.50 feet $8.40
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible estimates are given.
D
$6.80
PW115-PW116© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW115-PW116MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW115-PW116 7/2/07 12:03:01 PM7/2/07 12:03:01 PM
Lesson 18.6Item Suggested rationale
1find the amount of change due
4find the amount of change due
5find the amount of change due
7use a table to find the amount of change due
9multiple choice; find the amount of change due
10multiple choice; find the amount of money paid with
Lesson 18.7Item Suggested rationale
2predict and test the different ways of making change
3predict and test the different ways of making change
4predict and test the different ways to find the coins needed to pay for an item
6use a table to find the amount of money spent
8 subtract money
PracticePW117© Harcourt • Grade 4
Make ChangeMake change. List the bills and coins.
1. Cost: $0.38 Paid with:
2. Cost: $0.75 Paid with:
3. Cost: $35.85 Paid with:
4. Cost: $7.52 Paid with:
5. Cost: $19.13 Paid with:
6. Cost: $63.25 Paid with:
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 7–9, use the table.
7. Babs bought 4 sandwiches and 3 salads. If she paid with a $20 bill, how much change should Babs receive?
8. Faith bought one of each item on the menu. How much change should Faith receive if she paid with a $10 bill?
9. Lila bought 10 yogurts. How much change did Lila receive if she paid with a $10 bill?
A Four quarters
B One $1 bill
C One $5 bill
D One dime
10. Jay paid for a $14.05 baseball cap and received $1 in change. Which of the following amounts did Jay give the cashier for the baseball cap?
A One $10 bill
B One $10 bill and four $1 bills
C One $10 bill, one $5 bill, and 1 nickel
D One $20 bill
Name Lesson 18.6
Food Item Price
Beach Snack Bar
Salad
Sandwich
Yogurt
Fruit Cup
$1.75
$3.29
$0.99
$1.45
2 quarters, 1 dime, 2 pennies; $0.62
1 quarter; $0.25 1 $10 bill, 4 $1, 1 dime,1 nickel; $14.15
2 $1 bills, 1 quarter, 2 dimes, 3 pennies; $2.48
3 quarters, 1 dime, 2 pennies; $0.87
1 $20 bill, 1 $10 bill, 1 $5 bill, 1 $1 bill, 3 quarters; $36.75
$1.59
$2.52
Possible coins and bills are given.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
DC
PracticePW118© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Compare Strategies
Problem Solving Strategy PracticePredict and test or make a table to solve.
1. Dana will buy a sandwich from the vending machine. The sandwich costs $2.45. Dana has two $1 bills, 3 quarters, 3 dimes, and 4 nickels. What are two different ways Dana can make exactly $2.45 with the bills and coins she has?
2. Victor has a $1 bill, 4 quarters, and 2 dimes. He will borrow some money from a friend to buy a sandwich for $2.45. What coin or coins must he borrow in order to pay for the sandwich?
3. A bag of pretzels costs $1.00 in a vending machine. How many different ways can you pay the exact amount in coins if only one of your coins is a quarter?
4. Sugar-free gum costs $0.85 in a vending machine. If you have only one quarter, how many dimes would you need to buy a pack of sugar-free gum?
Mixed Strategy PracticeUSE DATA For 5–6, use the table.
5. Tanya spent $9.80 at the pool. What did Tanya pay for ?
6. Libby paid for herself and two sisters to go to the pool. She also bought 3 towels and a bathing cap. How much money did Libby spend?
7. Henry had the exact change to pay for a $0.50 pencil. He paid with 6 coins. What could those coins be?
8. In Exercise 1, how much money will Dana have left over after she buys the sandwich?
Name Lesson 18.7
Item Prices
Community Center Pool
Entrance Fee
Bathing Cap
Towel
$1.50
$2.75
$5.55
Answers will vary; must equal $2.45
6
Answers will vary; must equal $0.25
Answers will vary; must equal $1.00
Entrance fee, bathing cap, and a towel
$23.90
4 dimes and 2 nickels $0.80Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08ASE4X_PHTE_C18_L7.indd PW118 7/2/07 10:10:02 AM
PW117-PW118© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW117-PW118MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW117-PW118 7/2/07 12:03:07 PM7/2/07 12:03:07 PM
Lesson 19.1Item Suggested rationale
3 recognize a ray
4 recognize a point
7identify a line segment in real life situations
8identify a plane in real life situations
9 draw an example of a plane
11 draw an example of a ray
13identify a line segment in real life situations
15multiple choice; recognize a ray in real life situations
16multiple choice; recognize a point in real life situations
Lesson 19.2Item Suggested rationale
2 measure a straight angle
5 draw an acute angle
7 draw a right angle
8identify a right angle in real life situations
10identify an obtuse angle in real life situations
11 identify acute angles
13multiple choice; identify the number of degrees in a straight angle
14multiple choice; estimate the number of degrees in an obtuse angle
PracticePW119© Harcourt • Grade 4
Points, Lines, and RaysName a geometric term that represents the object.
1. top of a desk
2. chalk tray
3. a point from Earth into space
4. point of a pencil
Name an everyday object that represents the term.
5. point
6. ray
7. line segment
8. plane
Draw and label an example of each.
9. plane ABC 10. line segment DE 11. ray FG 12. point H
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 13–16, use the picture.
13. What geometric term describes the place where the ceiling meets a wall?
14. What feature in the hallway shows planes?
15. What geometric term best describes the arrow on the ceiling?
A Line C Point
B Line segment D Ray
16. Which geometric term best describes the black dot on the window?
A Line C Point
B Line segment D Ray
Name Lesson 19.1
plane ray point
Answers will vary.
line segment
Check students’ drawings.
line segment
Possible answer: tile on floor
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
D C
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C19_L1.indd PW119 6/15/07 9:07:13 AM
PracticePW120© Harcourt • Grade 4
Measure and Classify AnglesTrace each angle. Use a protractor to measure the angle. Then write acute, right, straight, or obtuse.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Draw and label an example of each angle. Identify and name the points and rays of each angle.
5. acute angle PQR 6. straight angle STU 7. right angle XYZ
Classify each angle. Write acute, right, straight, or obtuse.
8.
9.
10.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 11–12, use the angles shown at the right.
11. Which angles appear to be acute?
12. What type of angle does angle HJM appear to be?
13. Which word describes an angle that has a measure of 180�?A acute B right C straightD obtuse
14. What is the best estimate of the measure of the angle below?A between 15� and 45�
B between 90� and 135�
C between 45� and 90�
D between 180� and 270�
A
CB E
D
F
K
JL
M
ON
GK
L
M
J
H
Name Lesson 19.2
135�; obtuse 180�; straight 90�;right 45�;acute
Check students’ angles.
right acute
obtuse
KJM; KJL; KJG; LJM
obtuse
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C B
PW119-PW120© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW119-PW120MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW119-PW120 6/19/07 3:19:41 PM6/19/07 3:19:41 PM
Lesson 19.3Item Suggested rationale
1 identify perpendicular lines
4 identify intersecting lines
8identify parallel lines in real life situations
9use a map to identify parallel streets
11multiple choice; describe intersecting lines
12multiple choice; describe parallel lines
Lesson 19.4Item Suggested rationale
3identify a polygon that is not regular
4 identify a regular polygon
7identify a figure that is not a polygon
9distinguish between polygons and figures that are not polygons
10 identify polygons in a pattern
12multiple choice; name a six-sided polygon
PracticePW121© Harcourt • Grade 4
Line RelationshipsName any line relationships you see in each figure. Write intersecting, parallel, or perpendicular.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 9–10, use the map.
9. Name a street that appears to be parallel to E Broadway Street.
10. Name a street that intersects Madison Street NE and appears to be parallel to 15th Avenue NE.
11. Which best describes intersecting lines?
A They never meet.
B They form four angles.
C They form only obtuse angles.
D They form only acute angles.
12. Which best describes parallel lines?
A They never meet.
B They form four angles.
C They form only obtuse angles.
D They form only acute angles.
E Broadway St
12th Ave NE
13th Ave NE5t
h St
NE
6th
St N
E
14th Ave NE
16th Ave NE
17th Ave NE
15th Ave NE
Ada
ms
St N
E
Jeff
erso
n St
NE
Mad
ison
St
NE
Name Lesson 19.3
perpendicular,
intersectingparallel intersecting intersecting
Possible answer: 13th Ave NE
Possible answer: 17th Ave NE
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
parallelparallel intersecting intersecting,
perpendicular
B A
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C19_L3.indd PW121 7/2/07 10:03:27 AM
PracticePW122© Harcourt • Grade 4
PolygonsName the polygon. Tell if it appears to be regular or not regular.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Tell if each figure is a polygon. Write yes or no. Explain.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9. Choose the figure below that does not belong. Explain.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 10–11, use the pattern at the right.
10. What is the name of the shaded polygon?
11. What other polygon do you see?
12. Which is a six-sided polygon?
A Triangle
B Pentagon
C Octagon
D Hexagon
13. A yield sign has three sides of equal length and three angles of equal measure. What is the name of the shape of a yield sign?
B C D
Name Lesson 19.4
A
triangle
no; sides are not connected
yes; 8 straight line segments
no; curved side
yes; 7 straight line segments
pentagon, not regular
triangle, regular
quadrilateral, not regular
quadrilateral, regular
hexagon
trapezoid or quadrilateral
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B; sides of the figure are curved
D
PW121-PW122© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW121-PW122MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW121-PW122 7/2/07 12:03:32 PM7/2/07 12:03:32 PM
Lesson 19.5Item Suggested rationale
1
distinguish among isosceles, scalene, and equilateral and right, acute, and obtuse triangles
3
distinguish among isosceles, scalene, and equilateral and right, acute, and obtuse triangles
6distinguish among isosceles, scalene, and equilateral triangles
7identify an equilateral triangle in real life situations
8determine whether a triangle is right, acute, or obtuse
10multiple choice; identify a scalene triangle by its properties
Lesson 19.6Item Suggested rationale
1 classify a four sided figure
4 classify a four sided figure
5draw quadrilateral from a description
7draw quadrilateral from a description
8draw a quadrilateral from a description
9classify a four sided figure in a real life situation
10classify a four sided figure in a real life situation
12multiple choice; choose the best description of four sided figures
PracticePW123© Harcourt • Grade 4
Classify TrianglesClassify each triangle. Write isosceles, scalene, or equilateral. Then write right, acute, or obtuse.
1.
2.
3.
Classify each triangle by the lengths of its sides.
4.
5.
6.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 7–8, use the picture.
7. Classify the triangle made by the gray patch by the length of its sides. Write isosceles, scalene, or equilateral.
8. Classify the triangle made by the gray patch by its angles. Write right, acute, or obtuse.
9. Which kind of triangle has only 2 equal sides?
A Right
B Equilateral
C Isosceles
D Scalene
10. Which kind of triangle has no equal sides?
A Right
B Equilateral
C Isosceles
D Scalene
Name Lesson 19.5
5 cm
5 cm 3 cm
8 m
5 m5 m
6 m
6 m 6 m
4 ft
4 ft 6 ft
25 mm
20mm 15 mm
9 in.
7 in. 12 in.
isosceles, acute scalene, obtuse isosceles, right
equilateral isosceles scalene
equilateral
acute
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C D
PracticePW124© Harcourt • Grade 4
Classify QuadrilateralsClassify each figure in as many of the following ways as possible. Write quadrilateral, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, square, or trapezoid.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Draw an example of each quadrilateral.
5. It has exactly two pairs of parallel sides and opposite sides that are equal.
6. It has 4 equal sides with 4 right angles.
7. It has 4 equal sides with 2 pairs of parallel sides.
8. It has no pairs of parallel sides.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 9–10, use the picture of the dollhouse.
9. Describe and classify the roof of the dollhouse.
10. What are the different ways to classify the shape of the windows?
11. Which is the best description for the
figures?
A Parallelograms C Rectangles
B Squares D Trapezoids
12. Which is the best description for the figures?
A Circles C Rectangles
B Squares D Trapezoids
Name Lesson 19.6
quadrilateral, parallelogram, rectangle
quadrilateral, trapezoid
quadrilateral, parallelogram, rectangle, square, rhombus
quadrilateral, rhombus, parallelogram
Check students’ drawings.
quadrilateral, trapezoid
quadrilateral, parallelogram, rectangle, square
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
CA
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C19_L6.indd PW124 6/15/07 9:13:38 AM
PW123-PW124© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW123-PW124MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW123-PW124 6/19/07 3:20:08 PM6/19/07 3:20:08 PM
Lesson 19.7Item Suggested rationale
1 draw a chord on a circle
2 draw a diameter on a circle
3 draw a radius on a circle
5 draw a chord on a circle
6identify and measure a radius on a circle
8identify and measure a chord on a circle
9identify and measure a diameter on a circle
10use a table to determine the measure of a diameter
12multiple choice; determine the diameter of a given circle
Lesson 19.8Item Suggested rationale
1use figures to compare and choose a table or Venn diagram to solve a problem
3use figures to compare and choose a table or Venn diagram to solve a problem
4count money to solve a problem
6classify a square in as many ways as possible
PracticePW125© Harcourt • Grade 4
CirclesIn the box at the right, construct circle M with a 3-centimeter radius. Label each of the following.
1. chord: ___
AB
2. diameter: ___
CD
3. radius: ___
ME
4. radius: ___
MF
5. chord: ___
GH
For 6–9, use the drawing of circle R and a centimeter ruler to complete the table.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 10–11, use the diagram.
10. What is the diameter of hurricane A in miles?
11. What is the radius of hurricane B in miles?
12. What is the length of the diameter of a circle with a radius of 6 feet?
A 3 feet C 9 feet
B 6 feet D 12 feet
13. What is the length of the radius of a circle with a diameter of 48 inches?
A 2 inches C 14 inches
B 24 inches D 26 inches
Name Lesson 19.7
Name Part of Circle Length in cm
6. ___
RE
7. ___
CD
8. ___
AB
9. ___
GH
HurricaneA
HurricaneB
0 100 200 300
Radius of Tropical Storm-Force Winds (in miles)
A
B
G H
C
D
E
R
Check students’ drawings.
diameter2 cm
chord
200 miles
200 miles
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
radius4 cm
answers will vary diameter 4 cm
D B
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C19_L7.indd PW125 6/15/07 9:13:13 AM
PracticePW126© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Compare StrategiesProblem Solving Strategy PracticeFor 1–3, use the figures at the right. Make a table or Venn diagram to solve.
1. Lenny’s parents put a barbeque area in their backyard. All the sides of the barbeque area are of equal length and none of the angles are acute or right. Identify the figure shown that appears to be like Lenny’s parents’ barbeque area.
A B C D E
2. Cyd is designing a garden that has no parallel sides and all obtuse angles. Identify the figure shown that appears to be like Cyd’s design.
3. The shape of Holly’s backyard has two parallel sides, two sides that are not parallel, and two acute angles. Identify the figure shown that appears to be like Holly’s backyard.
Mixed Strategy Practice4. Willa and her two brothers have the money amounts shown below.
How much money does each person have?
5. After Della tossed coins into a pool, James dove in to pick up the quarter. Then, Della dove in to pick up her remaining 30 cents. How much money did Della toss into the pool?
6. Han’s backyard was shaped like a square with all right angles. Classify the design in as many ways as possible.
Name Lesson 19.8
Willa Bob Jon
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
C
E B
Willa: $5.21; Bob: $8.33; Jon: $6.45
55 cents
quadrilateral, parallelogram, rectangle, square, rhombus
MXENL08ASE4X_PH_C19_L8.indd PW126 6/15/07 9:08:04 AM
PW125-PW126© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW125-PW126MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW125-PW126 6/19/07 3:20:23 PM6/19/07 3:20:23 PM
Lesson 20.1Item Suggested rationale
1identify as similar or congruent figures
3Identify figures that are similar
6identify figures that are similar and congruent
8 identify similar figures
9identify figures on a grid that are congruent
12use figures on a grid to make two congruent triangles
15multiple choice; identify figures that appear to be congruent
Lesson 20.2Item Suggested rationale
2identify symmetry in a real life situation
5draw llines of symmetry in a figure
8draw llines of symmetry in a figure
10 identify turns made on a circle
11 identify turns made on a circle
14multiple choice; describe symmetry in real life situations
15describe the turn made on a circle
PracticePW127© Harcourt • Grade 4
Congruent and Similar FiguresTell whether the two figures are congruent and similar, similar or neither.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
For 9–11, use the coordinate grid.
9. Which pair of rectangles are congruent?
10. Which rectangle is not congruent to the others?
11. Use the coordinate gird at the right to draw a figure that is congruent to figure B.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 12–13, use the coordinate grid above.
12. Draw a diagonal line through figure B to make two triangles. Are the triangles congruent?
13. On the coordinate grid above, draw a figure that is congruent to figure D.
14. Draw a triangle that is similar to the one in Exercise 2. Then explain why your triangle is similar.
15. Which two figures below appear to be congruent?
A
B
C
D
Name Lesson 20.1
A
x-axis
y-ax
is
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11
0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
B C D
neithercongruent and similar neither
similarcongruent and similar neither similar
A and C
B
Check students’ drawings.
similar
Check students’ drawings.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
yes
Explanations will vary.
C
PracticePW128© Harcourt • Grade 4
Turns and SymmetryTell whether the figure appears to have line symmetry, rotational symmetry, both, or neither.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Draw the line or lines of symmetry.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Tell whether the rays on the circle show a 1 _ 4 , 1 _ 2 , 3 _ 4 , or full turn.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Problem Solving and Test Prep 13. Which letters in the STOP sign at the
right appear to have no lines of symmetry?
14. Which best describes the symmetry of the letter A?
A Line C Both
B Rotational D None
15. The rays on the circle show the turn Todd made. Describe the turn.
Name Lesson 20.2
STOP
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
both line symmetry both line symmetry
Check students’ drawings.
S, P
1/2 turn clockwise
full turn 1 _ 2 turn 3 _ 4 turn 1 _ 2 turn
A
PW127-PW128© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW127-PW128MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW127-PW128 6/19/07 3:20:56 PM6/19/07 3:20:56 PM
Lesson 20.3Item Suggested rationale
1 identify a rotation
4 identify a reflection
6draw a translation, a rotation, and a reflection
7draw a translation, a rotation, and a reflection
8identify multiple moves of a figure
10multiple choice; define reflection
Lesson 20.4Item Suggested rationale
1use the act it out strategy to solve a problem
2use the act it out strategy to solve a problem
4draw a diagram or picture to solve a problem
5use predict and test to solve a problem
6use the work backward strategy to solve a problem
7make an organized list to solve a problem
PracticePW129
Name Lesson 20.3
TransformationsTell how each figure was moved. Write translation, rotation, or reflection.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Draw figures to show a translation, a rotation, and a reflection of each.
5. Translation Rotation Reflection
6. Translation Rotation Reflection
7. Translation Rotation Reflection
Problem Solving and Test Prep 8. Tell what moves were made to
transform each figure into its next position.
9. What type of transformation describes the change of position in the figure below?
10. Which describes a reflection?
A Slide along a straight line
B Transformation
C A flip over a line
D A turn around a point
11. If you rotate the equilateral triangle shown 180º will it look like a reflection? Explain.
G G
© Harcourt • Grade 4
1 2 3
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
rotation reflection translation reflection
translation; rotation reflection
yes; Explanations will vary.
Check students’ drawings.
C
PracticePW130© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 20.4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Act It OutProblem Solving Strategy Practice Act it out to solve.
1. Don used pattern blocks to make the rocketship at the right. Does the rocketship have line symmetry?
2. Jen, Bea, Sara, and Jon are in a math contest. Before it starts, each contestant gives one score card to each of the other contestants. How many scorecards are there in all?
3. Here is the pattern Craig made.
What will be the 20th figure in the pattern?
Mixed Strategy Practice 4. Starting at a base, Don flies his model
airplane 50 feet south, 20 feet east, 10 feet north, and 20 feet west. How far is Don’s plane from a flagpole that is 15 feet north of the base?
5. Fred uses 3 red, 2 blue, and 4 green squares to make one design for the border in his room. If he uses 108 squares in all, how many of each color will Fred use?
6. Lara spent $44 on supplies to make a curtain. She bought fabric for $25, backing for $8, hem tape for $8, and thread. How much did the thread cost?
7. Dianna is making a list of the 120 seashells in her collection. What are some of the ways Dianna might organize her list if she has 7 different colors, the shells came from 12 different beaches, and she has 3 display shelves?
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
yes
12 scorecards
55 feet 36 red, 24 blue, 48 green
$3
Answers will vary.
PW129-PW130© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW129-PW130MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW129-PW130 6/19/07 3:21:14 PM6/19/07 3:21:14 PM
Lesson 20.5Item Suggested rationale
1use cutouts to determine whether a figure tessellates
4use cutouts to determine whether a figure tessellates
5use cutouts to determine whether a figure tessellates
8use cutouts to determine whether a figure tessellates
9use cutouts to determine whether a figure tessellates
10use cutouts to determine whether a figure tessellates
Lesson 20.6Item Suggested rationale
1 extend a pattern of reflections
3 extend a pattern of flips
5find the missing item in a pattern
7find the missing item in a pattern
9 extend a pattern
10multiple choice; extend a pattern
11multiple choice; extend a pattern
PW131 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 20.5
TessellationsTrace and cut out several of each figure. Tell whether the figure will tessellate. Write yes or no.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
yes no yes
no yes yes
no no yes
yes no no
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.PracticePW132
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 20.6
Geometric PatternsFind a possible pattern. Then draw the next two figures in your pattern.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Write a possible pattern. Then draw the missing figure in your pattern.
5.
6.
7.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 8–9, use the quilt.
8. Does a rule for the pattern appear to include shading? Explain.
9. If you remove the border and add a row at the bottom, will that row start with a square or triangles?
10. Look at Exercise 6. What will be the tenth figure in the pattern?
A C
B D
11. Look at Exercise 2. What will be the fifteenth figure in the pattern?
A C
B D
color: white, black; shape: original, reflection, repeat
2 black arrows, 1 white arrow, repeat flipping white arrow horizontally:
original, flip vertically, repeat
2 black brackets, 2 white brackets, repeat
1, 2, 3, 2, 1 circles, repeat
rotate original 90° clockwise, repeat
original, reflection, repeat
yes, pattern repeats gray-stripe and white stripe
a block
Possible rules are given.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B D
Check students’ figures.
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C20_L6.indd PW132 7/2/07 10:29:30 AM
PW131-PW132© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW131-PW132MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW131-PW132 7/2/07 12:04:33 PM7/2/07 12:04:33 PM
Lesson 21.1Item Suggested rationale
1recognize attributes of a cylinder
3recognize attributes of a rectangular pyramid
6recognize solid shapes in real life situations
9recognize attributes of a rectangular prism
11recognize attributes of a rectangular prism and a triangular prism
13multiple choice; identify triangular faces on shapes
Lesson 21.2Item Suggested rationale
4practice drawing 2-dimensional figure
5practice drawing a 3-dimensional figure fom a 2-dimensional figure
6practice drawing a 3-dimensional figure
7practice drawing a 3-dimensional figure
8practice identifying parallel line segments in3-dimensional shapes
9practice identifying perpendicular line segments in 3-dimensional shapes
PW133 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Faces, Edges, and VerticesName a solid figure that is described.
1. two circular bases
2. six square faces
3. 1 rectangular and 4 triangular faces
4. one circular base
Which solid figure do you see in each?
5.
6.
7.
8.
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 9–10, look at the edges of the prism.
9. Name a pair of parallel line segments.
10. Name a pair of perpendicular line segments.
11. Which solid figure has more edges: a rectangular prism or a triangular prism? How many more?
12. What is the relationship between the number of edges and the number of faces of a cube?
13. Which of the following figures has all triangular faces?
A Triangular pyramid
B Sphere
C Cylinder
D Triangular prism
A
E H
GF
B C
D
Name Lesson 21.1
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
cylinder square prism or cube
rectangular pyramid cone
cylinder sphere triangular prism
rectangular prism
Possible answer: AB and EF
Possible answer: AB and BC
Rectangular prism, 3 more
There are half as many faces as edges.
A
Possible answers are given.
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C21_L1.indd PW133 7/2/07 10:18:19 AM
PracticePW134© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 21.2
Draw FiguresDraw the missing line segments so that each figure matches its label.
1. triangle 2. octagon 3. right triangle
For 4–7, use the dot paper on the right to draw each figure.Label the vertices.
4. a square with sides 2 units long
5. a square pyramid rising from the square in Exercise 4
6. a rectangular prism with one edge 3 units long
7. a cube with sides 2 units long
Problem Solving and Test Prep 8. Identify a set of parallel line segments in
each of the three figures you drew above.
9. Identify one perpendicular line segment in each of the three figures you drew above.
10. Use the dot paper above to draw 6 triangles that form a hexagon. Label the vertices.
11. How many line segments do you need to draw a cube?
A 12 C 9
B 10 D 6
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Check students’ drawings.
Answers will vary.
A
Answers will vary.
Check students’ drawings.
Check students’ drawings.
PW133-PW134© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW134-PW134MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW134-PW134 7/2/07 12:04:42 PM7/2/07 12:04:42 PM
Lesson 21.3Item Suggested rationale
1draw a net of a 3-dimensional figure
2draw a net of a 3-dimensional figure
5recognize a net of a rectangular prism
7 recognize similarities in nets
9recognize how to change a net to make a different solid figure
10recognize a net for a solid figure
12recognize a net of a square pyramid
Lesson 21.4Item Suggested rationale
1recognize a solid shape from its different views
2recognize a solid shape from its different views
8draw different views of a cylinder
9recognize attributes of a solid figure
12multiple choice; recognize shapes that make the different views of a cone
PW135 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Patterns for Solid FiguresDraw a net that can be cut to make a model of each solid figure.
1. 2.
Would the net make a rectangular prism? Write yes or no.
3. 4.
5. 6.
For 7–8, use the nets.
7. Do nets B and C make figures with the same number of sides?
8. Do nets A and C make figures with the same number of edges? Explain.
Problem Solving and Test Prep 9. How would you change the figure in
Exercise 3 to make a solid figure?
10. Can the net in Exercise 6 make a solid figure?
11. What solid figure can you make from net A?
12. What solid figure can you make from net B?
C
A
Name Lesson 21.3
B
Check students’ drawings.
yes
no no
no
no
yes, a rectangular prism has 12 edges, and so does a cube.
move one square to other side of the rectangle no
square pyramidcubeCircled problems are suggested homework problems.
PW136© Harcourt • Grade 4Practice
Different Views of Solid FiguresName the solid figure that has the following views.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Draw the top, front, and side views of each solid figure.
5. 6.
7. 8.
Problem Solving and Test Prep 9. What solid figures have a circle on
two views?
10. What solid figures have a triangle on at least one of its views?
11. Which figure is the top view of a
cube?
A Square C Point
B Cylinder D Triangle
12. Which figure is the front view of a cone?
A Square C Point
B Rectangle D Triangle
top view front view side view top view front view side view
top view front view side view top view front view side view
Name Lesson 21.4
triangular prism cone
sphere triangular pyramidCheck students’ drawings.
cylinder or sphere triangular prism, triangular pyramid, rectangular pyramid
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
A D
PW135-PW136© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW135-PW136MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW135-PW136 6/19/07 3:21:59 PM6/19/07 3:21:59 PM
Lesson 21.5Item Suggested rationale
3practice solving problems using the make a model strategy
4practice solving problems using the make a model strategy
5practice solving problems using the make a model strategy
6solve problems using the work backward strategy
8solve problems using the make an organized list strategy
Lesson 21.6Item Suggested rationale
1practice dividing a quadrilateral into four triangles
3practice combining right triangles to make a square
6practice identifying figures on real life objects
9find shapes within another shape
10
multiple choice; recognize new shapes that can be formed when you change a shape
PracticePW137© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Make a ModelProblem Solving Strategy PracticeMake a model to solve.
1. Paula has 36 cubes to build a wall that is a repeating pattern of 1, 2, and 3 cubes high. How many cubes long can Paula make the wall?
2. What if Paula used a repeating pattern of 1, 3, and 5 blocks high? How many blocks would Paula need to build a wall 9 blocks long?
3. John has 66 cubes. He gives 21 to Mark and then builds a staircase beginning with 1 cube, then 2, and so on. How tall will John’s staircase be?
4. How many cubes would John need to build the next step of his staircase?
Mixed Strategy Practice 5. Jan has 88 cubes. She uses half of them
to build a bridge. She gives Sandra half of what is not used so she can build a bridge. If Sandra uses 16 cubes to build her bridge, how many of the 88 cubes are still not used?
6. Mrs. Lutie left home and went to the bank. Then she drove 18 miles to the dentist, 9 miles for groceries, 8 miles to pick up her kids, and 3 miles back home. If Mrs. Lutie drove a total of 45 miles, how far was it from home to the bank?
7. Change the numbers in Exercise 6. Make a new problem about Mrs. Lutie’s errands.
8. How many ways can you arrange 12 cubes in more than one row? Name the ways.
Name Lesson 21.5
18 cubes 27 blocks
9 cubes 10 cubes
6 cubes 7 miles
Check students’ problems. 4 ways: 2 by 6, 6 by 2,
3 by 4, and 4 by 3
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.PracticePW138
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Combine and Divide FiguresDraw a picture to show the new figure.
1. Divide a quadrilateral to make four triangles.
2. Combine a triangle and a trapezoid to make a triangle.
3. Combine two right triangles to make a square.
4. Combine a triangle and a square to make a pentagon.
What figures do you see in each?
5.
6.
7.
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 8–9, use the picture at the right.
8. Without the dashed line, how many triangles are in the picture?
9. How many triangles are in the picture when you add the
dashed line?
10. If the parallelogram is divided on the dashed line, what arethe new figures?
A Hexagons C Squares
B Pentagons D Triangles
11. Combine 6 equilateral triangles. What is the new polygon?
Name Lesson 21.6
Check students’ drawings.
Answers will vary.
4
hexagonCircled problems are suggested homework problems.
D
10
PW137-PW138© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW137-PW138MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW137-PW138 7/2/07 12:05:05 PM7/2/07 12:05:05 PM
Lesson 22.1Item Suggested rationale
2recognize the most reasonable unit of measurement for real life situations
5practice measuring to the nearest 1 _ 8 inch
7practice measuring to the nearest 1 _ 8 inch
8use a bar graph to recognize the most accurate measurement
10multiple choice; practice measuring to the nearest 1 _ 8 inch
Lesson 22.2Item Suggested rationale
2 change miles to yards
4 change feet to inches
8 compare lengths
12write and solve an equation to complete a function table
13use a table to subtract mixed numbers
14use a table to change yards to inches
15 change inches to feet
PW139 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 22.1
Measure Fractional PartsChoose the most reasonable unit to measure. Write in., ft, yd, or mi. 1. the width of a car
2. the length of a lawn
3. the length of your foot
Estimate to the nearest 1 _ 2 inch. Then measure to the nearest 1 _ 8 inch.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 8–9, use the bar graph.
8. Grace measured the Hibiscus in yards. Which is more accurate: Grace’s measurement or the measurement given?
9. For which plant would it be the most
reasonable to measure the height in inches?
10. What is the length of the string to the
nearest 1 _ 8 inch?
A 1 1 _ 8 in. C 1 3 _ 8 in.
B 1 1 _ 4 in. D 1 1 _ 2 in.
11. Haley painted a picture using paintbrushes that were 1 1 _ 8 in. wide, 1 1 _ 4 in. wide, 1 3 _ 8 in. wide, and 1 1 _ 2 in. wide. Order the width of the paintbrushes from greatest to least.
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Thyme Coneflower Plant
Plant Height
Heig
ht (i
n fe
et)
Dogwood Hibiscus
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
ft yd in.
Thyme
1 1 _ 2 in., 1 3 _ 8 in., 1 1 _ 4 in., 1 1 _ 8 in.
1 1 _ 2 in.; 1 3 _ 8 in. 2 in.; 2 in.
Possible estimates are given.
A
1 _ 2 in. or 1 in.; 6 _ 8 in. 1 in.; 1 1 _ 8 in. or 1 2 _ 8 in.
measurement given
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C22_L1.indd PW139 6/28/07 11:54:29 AM
PracticePW140© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 22.2
Algebra: Change Customary Linear UnitsComplete. Tell whether you multiply or divide.
1. 8 yd � � in.
2. � yd � 4 mi
3. 15 ft � � yd
4. � in. � 7 ft
5. 144 in. � � ft
6. � yd � 288 in.
Compare. Write �, �, or � in each .
7. 60 in. 5 ft 8. 36 ft 11 yd 9. 98 in. 5 yd 10. 3,520 yd 1 mi
Write a rule you can use to complete each table. Then complete each table.
11.
12.
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 13–14, use the Fabric Requirements table.
13. Sara has 8 yards of fabric. How many yards of fabric will Sara have left over if she makes 3 small dog costumes?
14. How many inches of fabric are needed to make one costume for a large dog?
15. George is 72 inches tall. How many feet tall is he?
16. Barbara is 5 feet tall. How many inches tall is she?
Inches, n 48 60 72 84 96
Feet, f 4 5
Miles, m 1 2 3 4 5
Yards, Y 1,760 3,520
Fabric Requirements
Dog Costume
Size Yards
Small 2 5 _ 8
Medium 2 7 _ 8
Large 3 1 _ 8
288; multiply 5; divide7,040; multiply
84; multiply 12; divide 8; divide
� � � �
f � n � � 12; 6, 7, 8y � 1,760 � m; 5,280; 7,040; 8,800
7 __ 8 yd
112 1 __ 2 in.
6 ft 60 in.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C22_L2.indd PW140 7/2/07 10:31:07 AM
PW139-PW140© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW139-PW140MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW139-PW140 7/2/07 12:05:22 PM7/2/07 12:05:22 PM
Lesson 22.3Item Suggested rationale
2change weight from pounds to ounces
3change weight from tons to pounds
7identify reasonable measurements
11identify reasonable measurements
13 change pounds to ounces
15multiple choice; change pounds to ounces
Lesson 22.4Item Suggested rationale
1change units of capacity to complete a function table
3change units of capacity to complete a function table
4change units of capacity to complete a function table
7identify reasonable capacity in real life situations
10identify reasonable capacity in real life situations
13compute by changing units in real life situations
15compute by changing units in real life situations
PracticePW141© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 22.3
Adult Animal Daily Food Consumption
Animal Diet Amount
Crow Corn, meat 11 oz
Tiger Meat 14 Ib
Panda Bamboo 26 Ib
WeightComplete. Tell whether you multiply or divide.
1. 176 oz � � lb 2. � oz � 5 lb 3. 7 T � � lb
4. � oz � 12 lb 5. 320 oz � � lb 6. � T � 8,000 lb
Choose the more reasonable measurement.
7. 8. 9.
10. 11. 12.
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 13–14, use the table.
13. How many ounces of bamboo does a panda eat dailly?
14. How many more ounces of food does a tiger eat in 2 days than a crow eats 30 days?
15. Cara bought five 4-lb bags of cat food. How many ounces is that?
A 64 ounces
B 320 ounces
C 20 ounces
D 160 ounces
16. Two Goliath toads can together weigh up to 208 ounces. How many pounds can the toads weigh?
A 9 lb
B 11 lb
C 13 lb
D 15 lb
4 oz or 4 lb 6 oz or 6 lb 16 Ib or 16 T
7 Ib or 7 T 100 oz or 100 lb 5 oz or 5 lb
11; divide 80; multiply 14,000; multiply
192; multiply 20; divide 4; divide
416 ounces
118 ounces
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
4 oz 6 lb 16 T
7 lb 100 lb 5 oz
CB
PracticePW142© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 22.4
Customary CapacityComplete each table. Change the units.
1. Quarts, q 5 10 15
Cups, c
2. Pints, p 14 16
Quarts, q 3
3. Gallons, g 4
Pints, p 16 48
4. Teaspoon, t
Tablespoon, b 5 10 15
5. Cups, c 20
Pints, p 8 12
6. Gallons, g
Quarts, q 16 24 36
Choose the more reasonable unit of capacity.
7.
quart or gallon
8.
teaspoon or pint
9.
tablespoon or quart
10.
teaspoon or cup
11.
teaspoon or quart
12.
pint or gallon
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 13–15, use the recipe.
13. How many total fluid ounces are used in the recipe?
14. How many ounces are in one serving
of the Green Tea Punch?
15. Sandy makes 4 gallons of Green Tea Punch for a meeting. How many pints of Green Tea Punch does Sandy make?
16. Randy filled 48 pint jars to the top with jelly. How many gallons of jelly did Randy make? Explain.
Makes twelve 1-cup servings
20
8 ounces
gal
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
60406
87
102416
3262
15 4530 4 96
galqttsp
pt tbsp
97 fluid ounces
32 pints6 gallons; 8 pints to a gallon 8 � 6 � 48
PW141-PW142© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW141-PW142MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW141-PW142 6/19/07 3:22:33 PM6/19/07 3:22:33 PM
Lesson 22.5Item Suggested rationale
1choose one strategy from among several to solve a problem
4choose one strategy from among several to solve a problem
5use a table to change pounds to ounces and solve a problem
6add whole numbers and mixed numbers to solve a problem
8choose a strategy and explain the choice
Lesson 22.6Item Suggested rationale
1recognize the most reasonable unit of measurement
5measure to the nearest half centimeter
6measure to the nearest millimeter
9multiple choice; recognize the most reasonable unit of measurement
PW143 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 22.5
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Compare StrategiesProblem Solving Strategy PracticeChoose a strategy to solve. Explain your choice.
1. Karen visited an aquarium. She saw a tank for small fish that was 8 feet long. How many inches long was the tank?
2. Bea baked 36 four-ounce servings of catfish. How many pounds of fish did Bea bake in all?
3. Lyle made 7 quarts of tartar sauce for a club outing. How many 1 _ 2 pint jars will Lyle need to store all the tartar sauce?
4. Mitch gave a mile of fishing line to each of 4 competitors in a fishing tournament. How many feet of fishing line did Mitch give away in all?
Mixed Strategy PracticeUSE DATA For 5–8, use the table.
5. If the next largest Searobin caught weighed 80 ounces, how many ounces did the two largest Searobins weigh together?
Scout Deep Sea Fishing TripLargest Fish Caught
Fish Weight (lb) Length (ft)
Cod 85 6
Flounder 15 2
Striped bass 45 4
Bluefi sh 12 3
Searobin 7 1 1 _ 4
6. Suppose one of each of the largest fish caught were laid end-to-end. How long would the line of fish be?
7. How many more ounces did the flounder weigh than the bluefish?
8. What strategy would you use to find out the weight in ounces of the entire catch? Explain your choice.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
192 oz
195 in.
48 ozStrategies and explanations will vary.
96 in. 9 lb
21,120 ft28 pint jars
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_C22_L5.indd PW143 7/2/07 10:31:45 AM
PracticePW144© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 22.6
Metric LengthChoose the most reasonable unit of measure. Write mm, cm, dm, m, or km.
1. 2.
3.
Estimate the nearest centimeter. Then measure to the nearest half centimeter. Write the answer as a decimal.
4.
5.
Estimate to the nearest half centimeter. Then measure to the nearest millimeter.
6.
7.
Problem Solving and Test Prep 8. In Exercise 1, what is the length of the
ant to the nearest millimeter?
9. What is the most reasonable unit of measure that can be used to measure the length of this workbook?
A Millimeters C Meters
B Centimeters D Kilometers
mm cm cm
6 cm, 5.7 cm 4 cm, 4.0 cm
3 cm, 32 mm 3 cm, 32 mm
18 mm
Possible estimate are given.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
PW143-PW144© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW143-PW144MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW143-PW144 7/2/07 12:05:55 PM7/2/07 12:05:55 PM
Lesson 22.7Item Suggested rationale
3change centimeters to millimeters
9change millimeters to decimeters
10 change centimeters to meters
13 compare metric linear units
18 compare metric linear units
19change millimeters to centimeters
22multiple choice; change kilometers to meters
Lesson 22.8Item Suggested rationale
2choose reasonable metric unit to measure real life situations
5choose reasonable metric unit to measure real life situations
7 change grams to kilograms
8 change grams to kilograms
11 change grams to kilograms
14compare mass of real life objects
16multiple choice; change kg to grams and divide
PracticePW145© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 22.7
Algebra: Change Metric Linear UnitsComplete. Tell whether you multiply or divide.
1. � cm � 40 mm
2. 5,000 m � � km
3. 50 cm � � mm
4. 62,000 mm � � cm
5. � m � 1,200 cm
6. � cm � 25 m
Write the correct unit.
7. 25 � � 25,000 mm
8. 50 dm � 500 �
9. 2 � � 200 mm
10. 600 � � 60,000 cm
11. 340 mm � 34 �
12. 300 m � 300,000 �
ALGEBRA Compare. Write �, �, or � for each .
13. 300 m 0.03 km 14. 4,000 mm 40 cm 15. 5,000 cm 6 dm
16. 1.2 km 130,000 cm 17. 120 mm 1.1 dm 18. 3,460 m 3.47 km
Problem Solving and Test Prep
19. A river otter is about 1,000 mm long. How many centimeters long is a river otter?
20. A giant garter snake can reach 1,600 mm in length. How many decimeters long is a giant garter snake?
21. A river otter’s tail may reach 457 mm in length. How many meters long is a river otter’s tail?
A 0.457 C 45.7
B 4.57 D 457
22. Felicia walked 1.205 km. How many meters did Felicia walk?
A 1,205 m C 12.05 m
B 120.5 m D 1.205 m
m cm dm
m mm
. . .
, . ,
cm
100 cm 16 dm
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
AA
4; divide 5; divide 500; multiply
620; divide 120; divide 250; divide
PracticePW146© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 22.8
MassChoose the more reasonable measurement.
1.
20 g or 20 kg
2.
14,500 kg or 14,500 g
3.
5,220 g or 1.22 kg
4.
8,000 g or 1 kg
5.
300 g or 300 kg
6.
23 g or 23 kg
Complete. Tell whether you multiply or divide.
7. 6,000 g � � kg
8. 2,000 g � � kg
9. � g � 4 kg
10. 8 kg � � g
11. 25,000 g � � kg
12. � kg � 4,000 g
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 13–14, use the picture.
13. What is the total mass in grams of one each of the sports balls?
14. Which has the greater mass: 1 basketball or 11 tennis balls?
15. Wanda needs a kilogram of peanut butter. How many 510-gram jars will Wanda need to buy?
A 2 C 4
B 3 D 5
16. Ed bought a 1-kg box of instant noodles. There are 10 packs in each box. What is the mass of each pack?
A 0.1 grams C 10 grams
B 1.0 grams D 100 grams
Basket ball616 grams
Table tennis ball2.5 grams
Bowling ball6 kilograms
Tennis ball57 grams
Mass of Sports Balls
6; divide
6,675.5 g or 6.68 kg
11 tennis balls
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
20g 14,500 kg 1.22 kg
1 kg 300 g 23 kg
2; divide 4,000; multiply
8,000; multiply 25; divide 4; divide
AD
PW145-PW146© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW145-PW146MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW145-PW146 6/19/07 3:23:02 PM6/19/07 3:23:02 PM
Lesson 22.10Item
1make a table to solve a problem
3make a table to order metric length found in a table
4subtract units of metric length to solve a problem
5change centimeters to millimeters and divide to solve a problem
Lesson 22.9Item Suggested rationale
1 change liters and milliliters
5 change milliliters to liters
7determine a reasonable capacity of real life objects
12compare the capacity of an object with a liter
14problem solving; multistep problem using metric capacity
15multiple choice; change liters to milliliters
PW147 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Metric CapacityComplete. Tell whether you multiply or divide.
1. 500 L � � mL
2. 4,000 mL � � L
3. 1.4 L � � mL
4. � L � 12,000 mL
5. � L � 6,500 mL
6. � mL � 4.5 L
Choose the most reasonable measurement. Write a, b, or c.
7. a. 8 L
b. 8 mL
c. 20 mL
8. a. 4 L
b. 1 L
c. 10 mL
9. a. 2 L
b. 3 mL
c. 6 L
Estimate and tell whether each object had a capacity of about a liter, less than a liter, or more than a liter.
10.
11.
12.
Problem Solving and Test Prep 13. Kyle gets 12 km per liter of gas. How
far will 500 mL take him?
14. Patti uses 2 L of sauce for every 4 servings of spaghetti. How many liters does Patti need to make 12 servings?
15. Jane put 3 L of gas in her car. How many mL is this?
A 3 mL C 300 mL
B 30 mL D 3,000 mL
16. Hal put 7,000 mL of an additive in his gas tank. How many liters is this?
A 7 L C 700 L
B 70 L D 7,000 L
Name Lesson 22.9
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
500,000; multiply 4; divide 1,400; multiply
12; divide 6.5; divide 4,500; multiply
more than a liter about a liter less than a liter
6 km 6 L
D A
a c a
PracticePW148
Name Lesson 22.10
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Make a TableProblem Solving Strategy PracticeMake a table to solve each problem.
1. Sam wants to know how tall his 2-year-old brother might be as an adult. He went to the library and found that a boy who is 87 cm tall at age two will be about 174 cm tall as an adult, a boy who is 90 cm tall at age two will be about 180 cm tall as an adult, and a boy who is about 92 cm tall at age two will be 184 cm tall as an adult. Sam knows that his brother is 91 cm tall now. About how tall will Sam’s brother be as an adult?
2. A pattern of mosaic tiles is lined up in this order: 8 cm, 5 cm, 8 cm, and 12 cm. How many meters long will be pattern be if it repeats 50 times?
Mixed Strategy PracticeUSE DATA For 3–4, use the table.
3. Draw a table to show the heights of History’s Tallest and Shortest People in order from greatest height to least height. Include your height in the table.
4. How many decimeters difference is there between the height of the tallest woman and that of the shortest man?
5. Elijah is buying a plant that will grow 10.4 cm in 2 days. How many millimeters will it grow per day?
Tallest man
Shortest man
Tallest woman
Shortest woman
Person
2.720 m
57 cm
2.48 m
61 cm
Height
History’s Tallest and
Shortest People
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
History’s Tallest and Shortest PeopleTallest man 2.720 mTallest woman 2.48 mStudent Student’s heightShortest woman 61 cmShortest man 57 cm
19.1 dm 52 mm
16.5 m
182 cm
PW147-PW148© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW147-PW148MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW147-PW148 7/2/07 12:06:23 PM7/2/07 12:06:23 PM
Lesson 23.1Item Suggested rationale
1use string to estimate and measure perimeter of real life objects
3use string to estimate and measure perimeter of a real life object
5 compute perimeter
7 compute perimeter
8 compute perimeter
11draw a rectangle with a given perimeter
13draw a rectangle with a given perimeter
Lesson 23.2Item Suggested rationale
1find the perimeter of a triangle
5find the perimeter of a regular hexagon
6find the perimeter of an irregular figure
7find the perimeter of a regular pentagon
8find the perimeter of a rectangle
10find the length of two sides when the perimeter is given
12multiple choice; find the perimeter of an equilateral triangle
PracticePW149© Harcourt • Grade 4
Estimate and Measure PerimeterUse string to estimate and measure the perimeter of each object.
1. this workbook 2. the doorway to your bedroom
3. the face of a TV
4. the door of your refrigerator
Find the perimeter of each figure.
5. 6. 7.
8. 9. 10.
Use dot paper to draw a rectangle with the given perimeter.Then record the lengths of the sides.
11. 8 units 12. 10 units 13. 14 units
Name Lesson 23.1
38 in.
6 units 6 units 12 units
12 units 14 units
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible answers are given.
220 in. 90 in. 184 in.
16 units
Check students’ drawings and measurements.
PW150 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 23.2
Algebra: Find PerimeterFind the perimeter.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Use a formula to find each perimeter.
7.
8.
9.
Problem Solving and Test Prep10. The perimeter of an isosceles triangle
is 30 inches. Its base is 8 inches. How long are each of the other two sides?
11. The perimeter of a rectangle is 46 feet. The width of the rectangle is 10 feet. What is the length?
12. What is the perimeter of this figure?
A 18 in.
B 27 in.
C 36 in.
D 45 in.
13. What is the perimeter of an equilateral hexagon with sides 6 centimeters long? Explain.
9 m
10 m
12 m
4 m
16 cm
16 cm16 cm 16 cm
16 cm 16 cm
7 cm 7 cm
7 cm
7 cm 7 cm
9 in. 9 in.
9 in.
15 mm15 mm
5 mm
5 in.
4 in.7 in.
9 in.
11 in.
5 ft4 ft
3 ft
6 yd 6 yd
9 yd
12 yd
2 yd
7 yd
15 yd5 in.
5 in.
35 mm 36 in. 12 ft
35 m 96 cm 35 yd
35 cm 44 yd 20 in.
11 inches 13 feet
36 cm; 6 � 6 � 6 � 6 � 6 � 6 � 36.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
PW149-PW150© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW149-PW150MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW149-PW150 6/19/07 3:23:27 PM6/19/07 3:23:27 PM
Lesson 23.3Item Suggested rationale
1estimate the area of an irregular figure on grid paper
3estimate the area of a triangle on grid paper
5draw a right triangle on grid paper and estimate its area
6draw a figure on grid paper with straight lines and estimate its area
9use a drawing to estimate area of an irregular figure
10multiple choice; estimate area of an irregular figure on grid paper
Lesson 23.4Item Suggested rationale
2practice finding the area of a rectangle
5
practice measuring with a centimeter ruler and finding the area and perimeter of a rectangle
7practice finding the area and perimeter of an irregular figure
8practice finding the difference in the area of two different figures
9multiple choice; practice finding area of a rectangle
PracticePW151© Harcourt • Grade 4
Area of Plane FiguresEstimate the area of each figure. Each unit is 1 sq in.
1.
2.
3.
Draw each figure on the grid paper at the right. Then estimate its area in square units.
4. hexagon
5. right triangle
6. figure with only straight lines
7. figure with curved and straight lines
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 8–9, use the diagram.
8. About how many square yards is the area of the hallway?
9. About how many square yards is the area of the closet?
10. In the figure below, each square is 1 square meter. What is the best estimate of the area of the figure?A 12 sq mB 17 sq mC 20 sq mD 14 sq m
11. In the figure below, each square stands for 1 square foot. What is the best estimate of the area of the figure?
A 30 sq ftB 20 sq ftC 35 sq ftD 25 sq ft
Name Lesson 23.3
Floor Plan
1 square unit = 1 square yard
Familyroom
LivingroomKitchen
Closet
about 28 sq in.about 30 sq in.about 75 sq in.
Check students’ drawings and answers.
about 25 1 _ 2 sq yd
about 7 1 _ 2 sq yd
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Possible estimates are given.
BD
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C23_L3.indd PW151 7/2/07 10:19:01 AM
PracticePW152© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 23.4
Algebra: Find AreaFind the area.
1.
2.
3.
Use a centimeter ruler to measure each figure. Find the area and perimeter.
4.
5.
6.
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 7–8, use the diagram.
7. What is the perimeter and area of the entire patio?
8. How much smaller is the area of the patio than the area of the lawn?
9. What is the area of this figure?
A 152 sq ft
B 162 sq ft
C 180 sq ft
D 200 sq ft
10. Use a formula to find the area of a rectangle that is 7 cm wide and 35 cm long. Explain.
5 mm
15 mm
9 in.
36 in.
5 cm
18 cm
45 ft
15 ft
30 ft30 ft
Lawn
Patio
Patio
7 ft
8 ft
18 ft
9 ft
75 sq mm 324 sq in. 90 sq cm
P � 12 cmA � 9 sq cm
P � 90 ft; A � 330 sq ft
690 sq feet
245 sq cm ; A � l � w
A � 7 � 35 � 245
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
B
P � 12 cmA � 8 sq cm
P � 10 cmA � 4 sq cm
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C23_L4.indd PW152 7/2/07 10:20:04 AM
PW151-PW152© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW151-PW152MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW151-PW152 7/2/07 12:06:57 PM7/2/07 12:06:57 PM
Lesson 23.5Item Suggested rationale
1use a diagram and the formula to find a perimeter
3use a diagram and the formula to find the area
4problem solving; multistep; use a table to find the area
5problem solving; multistep; use a table to find the cost
6use a diagram to subtract customary length
Lesson 23.6Item Suggested rationale
1find and draw pictures of figures with related perimeters and areas
2find and draw pictures of figures with related perimeters and areas
4distinguish between figures with equal areas and different perimeters
5distinguish between figures with equal perimeters and different areas
7multiple choice; distinguish between figures with equal perimeters and different areas
PracticePW153© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 23.5
Problem Solving Workshop Skill: Use a FormulaProblem Solving Skill PracticeUse a formula to solve.
For 1–3, use the diagram.
1. Stacy’s backyard is 50 ft wide and 95 ft long. She wants to put in a privacy fence. How many feet of fencing will Stacy need for the perimeter of her backyard?
2. In Stacy’s yard, the floors of the dog
run, sandbox, and Zen garden are covered with outdoor carpeting. How many square feet of carpeting do these areas use in all?
3. The area not covered by the dog run, sandbox, and Zen garden is grass in Stacy’s yard. How many square feet of grass are in Stacy’s yard?
Mixed ApplicationsUSE DATA For 4–6, use the table.
4. Mr. Daley spent $195 for 3 how-to books and fencing. How many yards of fencing did Mr. Daley buy?
5. Bethany bought a how-to book and an 8-foot-by-10-foot piece of carpet. How much did Bethany spend?
6. Use the diagram above. How much more fencing does Stacy need to fence the sandbox than the Zen garden?
Bart’s Building Supplies
Supply Cost
How-To Book $15
Outdoor Carpet $8/square foot
Fencing $15/yard
Dog Run
Sand boxZen
garden
15 ft
25 ft13 ft50 ft
50 ft80 ft
10 ft
95 ft
290 ft
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
1,825 sq feet 2,925 sq feet
46 more feet$655
10 yards
PW154 Practice© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 23.6
Relate Perimeter and AreaFind the perimeter and area of each figure. Then draw another figure that has the same perimeter but a different area.
1.
2.
3.
Problem Solving and Test PrepFor 4–5, use figures a–c.
4. Which figures have the same area but different perimeters?
5. Which figures have the same perimeter but different areas?
6. The rectangles below have the same
area. Which has the greatest perimeter?
A C
B D
7. The rectangles below have the same perimeter. Which has the greatest area?
A C
B D
3 yd
7 yd4 cm
5 cm 6 ft
10 ft
a.
b. c.
P � 18 cm
A � 20 sq cm
P � 20 yd
A � 21 sq yd
P � 32 ft
A � 60 sq ft
a and b
none
Check students’ drawings.
Check students’ drawings.
Check students’ drawings.
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
D A
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C23_L6.indd PW154 7/2/07 10:21:04 AM
PW153-PW154© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW153-PW154MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW153-PW154 7/2/07 12:07:06 PM7/2/07 12:07:06 PM
Lesson 23.7Item Suggested rationale
3use cubes to find the volume of a rectangular prism
4use cubes to find the volume of a rectangular prism
6use cubes to find the volume of a rectangular prism
8find the height of a rectangular prism when the volume is given
10find the length and width of a rectangular prism when the volume and height are given
Lesson 24.1Item Suggested rationale
1determine the number of outcomes from spinning a 5-color spinner
2determine the number of outcomes from tossing two coins
4determine the number of outcomes from tossing one coin and spinning a spinner
5use a table to identify a specific outcome
PracticePW155© Harcourt • Grade 4
Name Lesson 23.7
Estimate and Find Volume of PrismsCount or multiply to find the volume.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Problem Solving and Test Prep 7. Which has the greater volume, a blue
rectangular prism that is 4 cm by 1 cm by 3 cm or a red rectangular prism that is 2 cm by 2 cm by 4 cm?
8. The volume of a rectangular prism is 200 cubic cm. If the length and width are each 5 cm, what is the height?
9. Jamal built the prism below using centimeter cubes. What is the volume of the figure?
A 288 cu cm
B 72 cu cm
C 48 cu cm
D 24 cu cm
10. The volume of a rectangular prism is 60 cubic inches. The height is 4 inches. What could the length and width of the rectangular prism be? Explain how you know.
4 cm
12 c
m
6 cm
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
120 cu units 100 cu units 84 cu units
red rectangular prism 8 cm
3 in. and 5 in. or 1 in. and 15 in. Explanations may vary.
A
30 cu units 15 cu units 180 cu units
MXENL08AWK4X_PH_C23_L7.indd PW155 7/2/07 10:22:27 AM
Name Lesson 24.1
PracticePW156© Harcourt • Grade 4
List All Possible OutcomesUSE DATA For 1–4, use the picture. List all the possible outcomes of each experiment.
1. spinning the pointer
2. tossing the quarter and the nickel
3. tossing the number cube and spinning the pointer
4. tossing the nickel and spinning the pointer
USE DATA For 5–8, use the table.
5. How many times did the outcome Green, 5 occur?
6. How many times did the outcome Yellow, 4 occur?
7. List all the possible outcomes of the experiment.
8. How many possible outcomes are there?
Ahmed’s ExperimentSpin the Pointer and Toss a Number Cube
Colors
Red Blue Green Yellow Purple
1
23
456
NumberCube
red
green
bluepurple
yello
w
62 3
red, blue, green,
yellow, purple
4
0
Q heads, N heads:
Q tails N tails: Q heads
N tails: Q tails N heads
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
30
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B1, B2, B3, B4, B5, B6, G1, G2, G3, G4, G5, G6, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6,P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6
RH, RT,BH, BT,GH, GT,YH, YT, PH, PT
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, B1, B2, B3, B4, B5, B6, G1, G2, G3, G4, G5, G6, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, Y5, Y6,P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, P6
MXENL08ASE4X_PW_C24_L1.indd PW156 7/2/07 10:12:58 AM
PW155-PW156© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW155-PW156MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW155-PW156 7/2/07 12:07:15 PM7/2/07 12:07:15 PM
Lesson 24.2Item Suggested rationale
1make an organized list of possible outcomes to solve a problem
3make an organized list of possible outcomes to solve a problem
4make an organized list to solve a problem
6subtract whole numbers to the hundred thousands place
7draw a diagram to solve a problem
Lesson 24.3Item Suggested rationale
1 identify an impossible event
4 identify a certain event
5 identify equally likely events
6identify events that are not equally likely
7use a spinner to identify equally likely events
10multiple choice; use a spinner to determine which event is least likely
Name Lesson 24.2
PracticePW157© Harcourt • Grade 4
Problem Solving Workshop Strategy: Make an Organized ListProblem Solving Strategy PracticeUSE DATA For 1–3, use the spinners. Make an organized list to solve.
1. Franco made these spinners for a school carnival game. If each player must spin both pointers, what are the possible outcomes?
2. To win, Gloria must spin both pointers for a total of more than 6. Name the outcomes that allow Gloria to win.
3. Patty can win if she spins both pointers for a total of more than 5. Name the outcomes that allow Patty to win.
Mixed Strategy Practice4. Pedro is making cards for a game.
Each type of card will be a different color. The suits will be hearts and flags. In each suit, there will be 3 sets: numbers, letters, and symbols. How many colors will there be?
5. You probably made an organized list to solve Exercise 4. What is another strategy you could use to solve it? Explain.
6. Jorge’s father has driven his car 103,240 miles. His mother has driven hers 69,879. How much further has Jorge’s father driven than his mother?
7. There are 110 students in fourth grade. Thirty-two take only music, 25 take only art, and 12 take both. How many students do not take art or music?
1
2
31
2
3
4
5
1, 1; 1, 2; 1, 3; 1, 4; 1, 5;
2, 1; 2, 2; 2, 3; 2, 4; 2, 5;
3, 1; 3, 2; 3, 3; 3, 4; 3, 5
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
2, 5; 3, 4: 3, 5 1, 5; 2, 4: 2, 5; 3, 3; 3, 4; 3, 5
6 colors
Possible answer: act it
out; explanations will
vary.
33,361 miles 41 students
Name Lesson 24.3
PracticePW158© Harcourt • Grade 4
Predict Outcomes of ExperimentsTell whether the event is likely, unlikely, certain, or impossible.
1. spinning blue on a spinner with equal sections of red, yellow, and green
2. tossing the number 2 on a cube labeled 1 to 6
3. pulling a red tile from a bag that contains 6 red, 2 white, and 1 blue tiles
4. spinning red on a spinner that is all red
For each experiment, tell whether Events A and B are equally likely or not equally likely. If they are not equally likely, name the event that is more likely.
5. Experiment: Toss a cube numbered 1�6.Event A: tossing an odd numberEvent B: tossing an even number
6. Experiment: Spin the pointer Event A: blue Event B: yellow
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 7–10, use the spinner. The spinner has equal sections.
7. Which two events are equally likely?
8. Which event is most likely?
9. Which event is impossible?
A brown C purple
B blue D green
10. Which event is least likely?
A red C purple
B blue D green
BlueBlue
Yellow
YellowYellowYellow
Blue
GreenBlue
Pur
ple
Yellow
White
Whi
teWhi
te
Gre
en
impossible
likely
unlikely
yellow
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
certain
equally likely
blue and green
not equally likely; blue
CA
PW157-PW158© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW157-PW158MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW157-PW158 7/2/07 12:07:25 PM7/2/07 12:07:25 PM
Lesson 24.4Item Suggested rationale
1use a diagram to identify the probability of an event
4use a diagram to identify the probability of an event
6use a diagram to determine the likelihood and identify the probability of an event
7determine the probability of an event
9multiple choice; use a diagram to determine the probability of an event
Lesson 24.5Item Suggested rationale
2use a diagram to determine if a prediction is accurate
3
conduct a probability experiment using two coins and record the outcomes in a tally table
5use a spinner to find the experimental and mathematical probability
6use a spinner and tally table to find the experimental and mathematical probability
Name Lesson 24.4
PracticePW159
Probability as a FractionUSE DATA For 1–4, use the equal-sized marbles. Write the probability as a fraction.
1. pulling a white marble
2. pulling an orange marble
3. pulling a red or a yellow marble
4. pulling a color that is not green
USE DATA For 5–6, use the equal-sized cards. Write the probability as a fraction. Then, tell whether each event is certain, impossible, likely, or unlikely.
P R O B A B I L I T Y
5. pulling an L 6. pulling a B or an I
Problem Solving and Test PrepUSE DATA For 7–8, use the equal-sized cards above.
7. What is the probability of pulling a C, F, or E?
8. What is the probability of pulling an A, P, R, O, L, or T?
9. What is the probability of pulling a green marble?
A 1 ___ 12
B 1 __ 4
C 1 __ 2
D 3 __ 4
10. What is the likelihood that you will pull a pink tile from a bag of pink tiles? Explain.
© Harcourt • Grade 4
Y Y
GG
GG
G
G
Y
Y R
R
BR
R
YY
WW
W
W WG
GG
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
5 _ 13
0 _ 13
2 _ 13
10 _ 13
unlikely; 1 _ 11
impossible; 0 _ 11
likely; 6 _ 11
Certain; possible explanation:
because there aren’t any
other colors in the bag that I
could draw.
unlikely; 4 _ 11
C
MXENL08ASE4X_PW_C24_L4.indd PW159 7/2/07 10:13:26 AM
Name Lesson 24.5
PracticePW160© Harcourt • Grade 4
Experimental Probability 1. Toss a coin 20 times. Record the
outcomes in the tally table. Write the experimental probability of heads.
2. Grant pulls a marble from the bag, returns it, and then chooses another one. He does this 30 times. Grant predicts that he will pull a yellow marble 5 times. Do you agree with Grant’s Prediction? Why or why not?
3. Toss two coins thirty times. Use the tally table to record the outcomes. How close do you think your experimental probability is to the mathematical probability?
USE DATA For 4–6, use the spinner and the table. The spinner has equal sections.
4. What is the experimental probability of the pointer stopping on blue? What is the mathematical probability?
5. What is the experimental probability of the pointer not stopping on blue? What is the mathematical probability?
6. What is the experimental probability of the pointer stopping on green or yellow? What is the mathematical probability?
Tally Table
Outcomes Heads Tails
Tally
Tally Table
Outcomes Coin 1Heads
Coin 1Tails
Coin 2Heads
Coin 2Tails
Tally
R
R RR
Y
YYYY
Y
Y
Y
BR
BR
B L
B L
B L
p p
G
G
G
R
R
Green
YellowBlue
Red
Maryellen’s Results
Outcomes Blue Red Green Yellow
Tally
Check students’ work.
no; mathematical probability is 1 _ 4 _
Check students’ work.
10 ____ 40 or 1 _ 4 ; 1 _ 4
30 ____ 40 or 3 _ 4 ; 3 _ 4
22 ____ 40 or 11 ____ 20 ; 1 _ 2
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
PW159-PW160© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW159-PW160MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW159-PW160 7/2/07 12:07:37 PM7/2/07 12:07:37 PM
Lesson 24.6Item Suggested rationale
2make a tree diagram to determine the number of possible combinations
3make an organized list to determine the number of possible arrangements
4make an organized list to determine the number of possible arrangements
6determine the number of possible arrangements
8determine the number of different combinations that are possible
Name Lesson 24.6
PracticePW161© Harcourt • Grade 4
Combinations and ArrangementsMake a tree diagram in the space provided to list and find the number of possible combinations.
1. Dinner choicesSauce: marinara, cheese, meatPasta: spaghetti, linguine, macaroni
2. Hamburger choicesCheese: American, cheddar, Swiss, proveloneCondiments: ketchup, mustard,
mayonnaise, horseradish
Make an organized list to find the number of possible arrangements.
3. apple, orange, plum 4. ballpoint pen, fountain pen, flair pen, roller ball pen
Problem Solving and Test Prep 5. How many possible arrangements can
be made with the pastas in Exercise 1?
6. How many possible arrangements can be made with the cheeses in Exercise 2?
7. How many different combinations of salads are possible?
8. Spinach is added as a fourth choice of greens to Exercise 7. How many different combinations are now possible?
Salad ChoicesGreens Dressings
Mixed greens Oil and vinegar
Romaine Caesar
Red loose leaf Ranch
Honey mustard
Circled problems are suggested homework problems.
Check students’ diagrams.
6 arrangements 24 arrangements
16 combinations12 combinations
9 Combinations
16 Combinations
6 arrangements 24 arrangements
Check students’ lists.
PW161© Harcourt · Grade 4
MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW161MXENL08AWK4X_PHTE_Rat.indd PW161 6/19/07 3:24:48 PM6/19/07 3:24:48 PM
SPIRALREVIEW
To the TeacherSpiral Review Worksheets
Reviewing skills and concepts are important in your students’ learning.
These weekly worksheets are provided for the student to review the skills and concepts previously learned.
Each weekly worksheet is divided into four sections. Each section reviews the standards from the strand identified by the icon.
Number, Operation, and Quantitative Reasoning
Patterns, Relationships, and Algebraic Reasoning
Geometry and Spatial Reasoning
Measurement
Probability and Statistics
The weekly worksheets are designed for you to give your students the entire page if you want them to review all the strands, or one of the four sections if you only want them to review one strand.
© Harcourt • Grade 4
MXENL08AWX4X_SR-TeachLetter.indd iiMXENL08AWX4X_SR-TeachLetter.indd ii 6/20/07 1:52:45 PM6/20/07 1:52:45 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
1
Spir
al R
evie
w©
Har
cour
t • G
rade
4S
R1
For
1–4,
co
mp
are
the
num
be
rs.
Wri
te <
, >, o
r =
fo
r e
ach
.
1.
29
3 1
93
2.
32
4 4
23
3.
9,
120
9,0
12
4.
2,
003
2,0
03
For
9–11
, use
the
dat
a in
the
g
rap
h.
9.
H
ow m
any
peop
le v
oted
fo
r th
e be
ach?
10.
How
man
y pe
ople
vot
ed
for
the
amus
emen
t pa
rk?
11.
Whi
ch v
acat
ion
spot
rec
eive
d th
e le
ast
num
ber
of v
otes
?
For
12–1
3, w
rite
the
fac
t fa
mily
fo
r e
ach
set
of
num
be
rs.
12.
2, 3
, 5
13.
2, 7
, 9
For
5–8,
wri
te t
he t
ime
. Wri
te o
ne
way
yo
u ca
n re
ad t
he t
ime
.
5.
891011
12
76
5432
1
6.
7.
8
.
891011
12
76
5432
1
Beach
Amusem
ent Park
Campin
g Visit R
elativ
es
Number of Votes024681012
Favo
rite
Vaca
tio
n S
po
ts
Plac
es
5:15
;P
oss
ible
A
nsw
er:
five
fif
teen
� �
� �
4:40
;P
oss
ible
A
nsw
er:
fou
r fo
rty
7 p
eop
le
10 p
eop
le
visi
t re
lati
ves 2
� 7
� 9
;
7 �
2 �
9;
9 �
2 �
7;
9 �
7 �
2
2 �
3 �
5;
3 �
2 �
5;
5 �
2 �
3;
5 �
3 �
2
12:3
0;
Po
ssib
le
An
swer
:tw
elve
th
rity
10:4
5;P
oss
ible
A
nsw
er:
ten
fo
rty-
five
MX
EN
L08A
WK
4X_S
R_W
K01
.indd
S
R01
7/2/
07
10:4
4:17
AM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
2
Spir
al R
evie
w©
Har
cour
t • G
rade
4S
R2
For
1–2,
use
pre
dic
t an
d t
est
to
so
lve
.
1.
D
urin
g a
socc
er g
ame,
the
Dra
gons
sc
ored
3 m
ore
poin
ts tha
n th
e Ea
gles
. A tot
al o
f 7 p
oint
s w
ere
scor
ed b
y bo
th tea
ms.
How
man
y po
ints
did
eac
h te
am s
core
?
2.
A
t th
e sc
hool
car
niva
l, a
tota
l of
300
bottle
s of
app
le ju
ice
and
grap
e ju
ice
wer
e so
ld. T
here
wer
e 80
mor
e bo
ttle
s of
app
le ju
ice
sold
tha
n gr
ape
juic
e. H
ow m
any
bottle
s of
eac
h ty
pe
of ju
ice
wer
e so
ld?
For
6–8,
use
the
dat
a in
th
e t
able
.
Mrs
. Yin
’s c
lass
vot
ed fo
r th
eir
favo
rite
colo
r.
6.
W
hich
col
or
had
the
mos
t vo
tes?
7.
H
ow m
any
vote
s w
ere
ther
e in
all?
8.
H
ow m
any
mor
e st
uden
ts v
oted
for
red
than
vot
ed fo
r ye
llow
?
For
9–11
, nam
e e
ach
figur
e.
Wri
te li
ne, r
ay, o
r lin
e se
gmen
t.
9.
10.
11.
For
3–5,
cho
ose
the
be
tte
r un
it o
f m
eas
ure
.
3.
Th
e le
ngth
of a
sch
ool b
us:
9 fe
et o
r 9
yard
s?
4.
Th
e di
stan
ce b
etw
een
New
Yor
k C
ity a
nd L
os A
ngel
es:
2,50
0 ya
rds
or 2
,500
mile
s?
5.
Th
e am
ount
of c
offe
e in
a m
ug:
2 cu
ps o
r 2
quar
ts?
Favo
rite
Co
lor
Colo
rVo
tes
Blac
k2
Blue
8
Gree
n5
Red
7
Yello
w4
Dra
go
ns:
5 p
oin
ts;
Eag
les:
2 p
oin
ts
app
le:
190
bo
ttle
s;
gra
pe:
110
bo
ttle
s
9 ya
rds
2,50
0 m
iles
2 cu
ps
blu
e
26 v
ote
s
3 m
ore
stu
den
ts
line
seg
men
t
line
ray
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR1-SR2
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR1MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR1 7/2/07 11:38:53 AM7/2/07 11:38:53 AM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
3
Spir
al R
evie
w©
Har
cour
t • G
rade
4S
R3
For
que
stio
ns 1
–4, c
om
par
e u
sing
<
, >, o
r =
fo
r e
ach
.
1.
5,
327
5,3
41
2.
3.
3,30
0 3
,460
4.
4,0
39
4,0
39
For
9–11
, use
the
tab
le b
elo
w
to t
ell
whe
the
r e
ach
eve
nt is
lik
ely,
unl
ikel
y, o
r im
poss
ible
fo
r o
ne p
ull,
cons
ide
ring
the
m
arb
les
are
the
sam
e s
ize
.
Warr
en
’s B
ag
of
Marb
les
Colo
rNu
mbe
r
Blue
2
Gree
n7
Red
12
9.
War
ren
will
pul
l a r
ed m
arbl
e.
10.
War
ren
will
pul
l a y
ello
w m
arbl
e.
11.
War
ren
will
pul
l a b
lue
mar
ble.
For
12–1
5, w
rite
a r
ela
ted
fac
t.U
se it
to
co
mp
lete
the
nu
mb
er
sent
enc
e.
12.
7 �
�
9
13.
� 3
� 9
14.
4 �
�
6
15.
8 �
�
5
For
5–8 ,
cho
ose
the
uni
t yo
u w
oul
d u
se t
o m
eas
ure
eac
h. W
rite
cu
p, p
int,
quar
t, o
r ga
llon.
5.
6.
7.
8.
likel
y
� �
imp
oss
ible
un
likel
y
9 �
3 �
12
9 �
7 �
2
6 �
4 �
2
8 �
5 �
3
cup
cup
qu
art
pin
t, q
uar
t,
or
gal
lon
2
12
2 3
�
�
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
4
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R4
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–2,
te
ll w
heth
er
to e
stim
ate
o
r fin
d a
n e
xact
ans
we
r. Th
en
solv
e.
1.
K
etan
nee
ds to
buy
a no
tebo
ok, a
pe
ncil,
and
a p
en. A
not
eboo
k co
sts
$ 4.7
5, a
pen
cil c
osts
$1.
29, a
nd a
pe
n co
sts
$ 1.6
9. A
bout
how
muc
h m
oney
doe
s K
etan
nee
d?
2.
A
sch
ool b
us h
as 3
2 ro
ws
of s
eats
. Tw
o st
uden
ts c
an s
it in
eac
h se
at.
How
man
y st
uden
ts c
an the
sch
ool
bus
carr
y?
For
6–9,
list
the
po
ssib
le
out
com
es
for
eac
h.
6.
El
ena
flips
a
7.
G
ene
rolls
a d
ie.
quar
ter.
8.
Lynn
e sp
ins
9.
H
aley
pul
ls a
a
spin
ner.
m
arbl
e.
oran
ge
gree
n
For
10–1
2, u
se t
he f
igur
es
be
low
.
10.
Whi
ch fi
gure
s ha
ve fo
ur s
ides
?
11.
Whi
ch fi
gure
s ha
ve thr
ee s
ides
?
12.
Whi
ch fi
gure
s ar
e po
lygo
ns?
For
3–5 ,
cho
ose
the
be
st e
stim
ate
.
3.
D
iam
eter
of a
pen
ny:
2 cm
or
2 dm
or
2 m
4.
Leng
th o
f a s
choo
l boo
k:30
0 cm
or
3 dm
or
3 m
5.
Le
ngth
of a
hai
rbru
sh:
15 c
m o
r 15
dm
or
15 m
esti
mat
e; p
oss
ible
answ
er:
abo
ut
$8
exac
t an
swer
;
64 s
tud
ents
2 cm
3 d
m
15 c
m
hea
ds,
ta
ils
A, B
, C, a
nd
D
gre
en,
ora
ng
e
1, 2
, 3, 4
, 5,
or
6
gra
y,b
lack
A a
nd
B
C a
nd
D
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR3-SR4
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR3-SR4MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR3-SR4 6/19/07 3:54:28 PM6/19/07 3:54:28 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
5
Spir
al R
evie
w©
Har
cour
t • G
rade
4SR
5For
9–12
, pre
dic
t th
e n
ext
tw
o
num
be
rs o
r sh
ape
s in
eac
h p
atte
rn.
9.
10.
2, 2
, 2, 5
, 2, 2
, 2, 5
, 2,
,
11.
9, 5
, 5, 9
, 9, 5
, 5, 9
, 9, 5
, ,
12.
For
1–4,
est
imat
e. T
hen
find
the
su
m o
r d
iffe
renc
e.
1.
2,34
5 �
1,1
79
2.
4,84
5 �
2,9
54
3.
9,67
8 �
928
4.
6,42
9 �
3,2
18
For
7–8,
use
the
gra
ph
be
low
.
7.
Kim
eiko
is g
oing
to
spin
the
spi
nner
. O
n w
hich
col
or w
ill the
spi
nner
m
ost lik
ely
land
?
8.
Is th
e nu
mbe
r of
tim
es th
e sp
inne
r la
nded
on
red
grea
ter
than
or
less
than
th
e nu
mbe
r of
tim
es it
land
ed o
n gr
een?
For
5–6 ,
use
cub
es
to m
ake
e
ach
solid
. The
n w
rite
the
vo
lum
e in
cub
ic u
nits
.
5.
6.
015 10 525 2035 3040
Red
Blue
Gree
nYe
llow
OccurrenceCo
lor
Po
ssib
le e
stim
ate:
3,
500
; 3,
524
Po
ssib
le e
stim
ate:
9,
000
; 8,
750
Po
ssib
le e
stim
ate:
2,
000
; 1,
891
Po
ssib
le e
stim
ate:
9,
000
; 9,
647
45 c
ub
ic u
nit
s
12 c
ub
ic u
nit
s
red
gre
ater
th
an
22
59
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
6
Spir
al R
evie
w©
Har
cour
t • G
rade
4SR
6
For
1–2,
te
ll w
heth
er
to e
stim
ate
o
r fin
d a
n e
xact
ans
we
r. Th
en
solv
e.
1.
The
scho
ol a
udito
rium
has
300
sea
ts.
For
the
sprin
g pl
ay, t
he s
choo
l pre
-so
ld 1
87 tic
kets
. On
the
nigh
t of
the
sh
ow, t
hey
sold
109
mor
e tic
kets
at
the
door
. How
man
y tic
kets
wer
e le
ft un
sold
?
2.
Cae
sar’s
tra
ck c
oach
wan
ts h
im to
run
abou
t 15
mile
s a
wee
k. If
Cae
sar
runs
4 m
iles
on M
onda
y, 7
mile
s on
W
edne
sday
, and
3 m
iles
on F
riday
, w
ill h
e ha
ve r
un a
bout
15
mile
s?
For
4–6,
use
the
Fav
ori
te F
ruit
p
icto
gra
ph.
4.
Use
the
dat
a in
the
pic
togr
aph
to
mak
e a
bar
grap
h.
5.
Whi
ch fr
uit re
ceiv
ed the
mos
t vo
tes?
6.
How
man
y m
ore
vote
s di
d ba
nana
re
ceiv
e th
an o
rang
e re
ceiv
ed?
For
7–9,
fin
d t
he a
rea
of
eac
h fig
ure
. Wri
te t
he a
nsw
er
in s
qua
re u
nits
.
7.
8.
9.
Use
a m
od
el t
o s
olv
e.
3.
Ian
fille
d a
box
with
blo
cks.
The
re
wer
e 4
laye
rs. E
ach
laye
r ha
d 2
row
s of
4 b
lock
s. W
hat w
as the
vol
ume
of
the
box?
Key:
= 2
vot
es
Oran
ge
Bana
na
Appl
e
Favo
rite
Fru
it
exac
t an
swer
; 4
tick
ets
esti
mat
e; y
es
32 c
ub
ic u
nit
s
app
le
4 m
ore
vo
tes
10 s
qu
are
un
its
16 s
qu
are
un
its
10 s
qu
are
un
its
Po
ssib
le g
rap
h:
Ch
eck
stu
den
ts’
mo
del
s.
Type
s of
Fru
it
Favo
rite
Fru
it
20 16 12 8 4 0
Number of Votes
Apple
Bana
nas
Oran
ges
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR5-SR6
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR5MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR5 6/19/07 3:54:38 PM6/19/07 3:54:38 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
7
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R7
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
fin
d t
he p
rod
uct.
1.
4
� 3
�
2.
8
� 4
�
3.
5
�
4
4.
4
�
4
For
10–1
3, f
ind
the
val
ue o
f th
e v
aria
ble
. The
n w
rite
a
rela
ted
num
be
r se
nte
nce
.
10.
36 �
t �
6
11.
a �
3 �
21
12.
y �
3 �
6
13.
9 �
m �
63
For
5–6,
wri
te t
he t
ime
. Wri
te o
ne
way
yo
u ca
n re
ad t
he t
ime
.
5.
891011
12
76
5432
1
6.
891011
12
76
5432
1
For
7–9,
use
the
tab
le b
elo
w.
Stu
den
t’s
Favo
rite
C
olo
rCo
lor
Num
ber
Blac
k6
Blon
de5
Brow
n8
Red
2
7.
W
hat co
lor
was
pre
ferr
ed b
y m
ost?
8.
H
ow m
any
stud
ents
wer
e su
rvey
ed?
9.
W
hat is
the
titl
e of
thi
s su
rvey
?
21 s
tud
ents
12 32
20 16 5:45
; P
oss
ible
An
swer
: fiv
e fo
rty-
five
2:26
; Pos
sibl
e A
nsw
er:
two
twen
ty-s
ix
bro
wn
Stu
den
t’s F
avo
rite
C
olo
r
t �
6, 6
� 6
� 3
6
a �
7;
21 �
3 �
7
y �
18,
3 �
6 �
18
m �
7, 6
3 �
9 �
7
Po
ssib
le a
nsw
ers
are
giv
en.
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
8
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R8
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
fin
d t
he p
rod
uct
or
quo
tie
nt.
1.
8
� 8
�
2.
8
� �
48
3.
11
� 7
_
4.
90
� 9
�
For
9–11
, use
the
pic
tog
rap
h b
elo
w.
9.
How
man
y to
uchd
owns
did
Rya
n sc
ore?
10.
Whi
ch p
laye
rs s
core
d th
e sa
me
num
ber
of tou
chdo
wns
?
11.
How
man
y to
uchd
owns
wer
e sc
ored
in
all?
For
12–1
4, t
race
and
cut
out
e
ach
pai
r o
f fig
ure
s. T
ell
if th
e
figur
es
are
co
ngru
ent
. Wri
te y
es o
r no
.
12.
13.
14.
For
5–8 ,
wri
te e
ach
tem
pe
ratu
re
in �
F.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Roy
Eric
RyanTo
uchd
owns
Sco
red
in a
Sea
son
Each
2 to
uchd
owns
.
90 70
80
°F°F
80 60
70
°F
50 30
40
90 70
80
°F
Eri
c an
d R
oy
16 t
ou
chd
ow
ns
64
6
7710
85�F
8 to
uch
do
wn
s
no
40�F
65�F
80�F
yes
no
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR7-SR8
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR7-SR8MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR7-SR8 6/19/07 3:54:45 PM6/19/07 3:54:45 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
9
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R9
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–5,
fin
d t
he p
rod
uct
or
quo
tie
nt.
1.
10 �
3 �
2.
3 �
8 �
3.
32 �
4 �
4.
18 �
3 �
5.
50 �
5 �
For
10–1
2, u
se t
he t
able
be
low
.
Siz
es
Wo
rn B
y B
oys
an
d G
irls
Shirt
Siz
eBo
ysGi
rls
Smal
l8
7
Med
ium
69
Larg
e4
2
10.
How
man
y bo
ys w
ear
med
ium
?
11.
How
man
y st
uden
ts w
ere
surv
eyed
in
all?
12.
How
man
y m
ore
girls
wea
r m
ediu
m
than
boy
s?
For
13–1
6, w
rite
a r
ela
ted
fac
t.U
se it
to
co
mp
lete
the
nu
mb
er
sent
enc
e.
13.
12 �
�
16
14.
8 �
�
2
15.
6 �
�
7
16.
10 �
�
3
For
6–9,
use
a r
ule
r. D
raw
a li
ne
for
eac
h le
ngth
.
6.
1 in
ch
7.
2 1 4
inch
es
8.
1 1 2
inch
es
9.
1 1 8
inch
es
30 8
24
6 b
oys
36 s
tud
ents
3 m
ore
gir
ls
Fo
r 6
–9, c
hec
k st
ud
ents
’ dra
win
gs.
6 10
16 �
12
� 4
8 �
2 �
6
7 �
6 �
1
10 �
3 �
7
Po
ssib
le
rela
ted
fac
ts
are
giv
en.
4 6 1 7
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
10
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R10
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
use
a b
asic
fac
t an
d
pat
tern
s to
fin
d t
he p
rod
ucts
.
1.
4
� 2
� 8
4 �
20
�
4 �
200
�
4 �
2,0
00 �
2.
6 �
8 �
48
6 �
80
�
6 �
800
�
6 �
8,0
00 �
3.
8 �
3 �
24
8 �
30
�
8 �
300
�
8 �
3,0
00 �
4.
5 �
7 �
35
5 �
70
�
5 �
700
�
5 �
7,0
00 �
For
9–11
, use
the
gra
ph
be
low
to
ans
we
r th
e q
uest
ions
.
0Ja
n.Fe
b.M
ar.
Apr.
123456789Num
ber o
f Boo
ks R
ead
by M
r. He
rn’s
Clas
s
Number
Mon
th
9.
How
man
y bo
oks
wer
e re
ad in
all?
10.
In w
hich
mon
ths
wer
e th
e sa
me
num
ber
of b
ooks
rea
d?
11.
How
man
y m
ore
book
s w
ere
read
in
Janu
ary
than
in A
pril?
For
12–1
4, t
ell
if th
e li
ne is
a
line
of
sym
me
try.
Wri
te y
es o
r no
.
12.
13. B
14
.
For
5–8,
co
mp
are
. Wri
te <
, >, o
r =
fo
r e
ach
.
5.
19
oun
ces
1 p
ound
6.
32
oun
ces
2 p
ound
s
7.
23
oun
ces
3 p
ound
s
8.
8
ounc
es
1 p
ound
80
27 b
oo
ks
Febr
uary
and
Apr
il
2 m
ore
bo
oks
800
8,00
0
480
4,80
048
,000
240
2,40
024
,000
350
3,50
035
,000
�n
o
no
yes
� � �
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR9-SR10
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR9MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR9 6/19/07 3:54:55 PM6/19/07 3:54:55 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
11
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R11
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–2,
so
lve
the
pro
ble
m.
1.
In 199
6, p
eopl
e in
the
Uni
ted
Stat
es
ate 10
0 ac
res
of p
izza
eve
ry d
ay.
Wou
ld it
be
reas
onab
le to
say
that
pe
ople
eat
1,000
acr
es o
f piz
za e
very
w
eek?
Exp
lain
.
2.
Th
e Pa
ine
fam
ily is
hav
ing
a pi
zza
part
y. T
hey
need
9 p
izza
s. If
eac
h pi
zza
cost
s $1
7, is
$15
0 a
reas
onab
le
estim
ate
for
the
tota
l? E
xpla
in.
For
5–7,
use
the
sp
inne
r b
elo
w.
5.
Whi
ch o
utco
me
is m
ost lik
ely?
6.
Whi
ch o
utco
me
is le
ast lik
ely?
7.
Whi
ch o
utco
mes
are
equ
ally
like
ly?
For
8–11
, fin
d t
he v
alue
of
the
va
riab
le. T
hen
wri
te a
re
late
d
num
be
r se
nte
nce
.
8.
36
� t
� 6
9.
a
� 3
� 21
10.
y �
3 �
6
11. 9
� m
� 63
For
3–4,
wri
te e
ach
tem
pe
ratu
rein
�F.
3.
4.
°F
50 30
40
°F
100
70
80
no; P
ossi
ble
Ans
wer
: 7
� 1
00 �
700
, so
1,00
0 ac
res
is to
o la
rge.
t �
6;
6 �
6 �
36
a �
7;
21 �
7 �
3
y �
18;
6 �
3 �
18
m �
7;
63 �
7 �
9
Sen
tenc
es m
ay v
ary.
37 �
F
yes;
Pos
sibl
e A
nsw
er:
$17
� 9
� $
153
1
2 an
d 4
3
99 �
F
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
12
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R12
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–5,
est
imat
e t
he p
rod
uct.
1.
78
� 34
�
2.
91
� 46
�
3.
22
� 33
�
4.
61
� 359
�
5.
20
� 119
�
For
10–1
1, u
se t
he g
rap
h b
elo
w.
Go
als
Sco
red
in
a H
ock
ey S
easo
n
Andy
Dwig
ht
Mia
10
23
46
5
Goal
s
Name
10.
How
man
y ho
ckey
goa
ls w
ere
scor
ed
for
the
entir
e se
ason
?
11.
How
man
y m
ore
goal
s di
d M
ia s
core
th
an A
ndy
scor
ed?
For
12–1
4, n
ame
eac
h tr
iang
le b
y its
sid
es.
12.
13.
14.
For
6–9,
cho
ose
the
uni
t yo
u w
oul
d u
se t
o m
eas
ure
eac
h.
Wri
te c
entim
eter
, met
er, o
r ki
lom
eter
.
6.
heig
ht o
f a s
choo
l des
k
7.
leng
th o
f a p
enci
l
8.
four
city
blo
cks
9.
leng
th o
f the
hal
lway
in y
our
scho
ol
4 cm
4 cm
4 cm
12 c
m12
cm
15 c
m
8 cm
2 cm
11 c
m
2,40
0
Est
imat
es w
ill v
ary.
4,50
0
600
24,0
00
2,00
0
met
er
cen
tim
eter
kilo
met
er
12 g
oal
s
2 g
oal
s equ
ilate
ral
iso
scel
es
scal
ene
met
er
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR11-SR12
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR11-SR12MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR11-SR12 6/19/07 3:55:01 PM6/19/07 3:55:01 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
13
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R13
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–5,
ro
und
eac
h nu
mb
er
to t
he p
lace
val
ue o
f th
e
und
erl
ine
d d
igit
.
1.
1,
754
2.
45
,981
3.
71
3,40
2
4.
3,
922,
703
5.
9,
779,
911
For
9–11
, use
the
dat
a in
the
p
icto
gra
ph.
9.
Who
cau
ght th
e m
ost fis
h?
10.
Who
cau
ght th
e le
ast fis
h?
11.
How
man
y fis
h w
ere
caug
ht in
all?
12.
Mr.
Hei
nze
wro
te a
num
ber
patter
n on
the
boa
rd. I
f he
cont
inue
s th
e pa
tter
n, w
hat
will
the
nex
t tw
o nu
mbe
rs b
e?50
, 55,
60,
65,
70,
75
13.
Che
lsea
is d
esig
ning
a b
orde
r ar
ound
he
r be
droo
m. T
he p
atte
rn is
tw
o st
ars
and
one
circ
le. F
or h
er p
atte
rn, s
he
pain
ted
12 fi
gure
s. W
hat is
the
sha
pe
of the
9th
figu
re in
her
pat
tern
?
For
6–8,
cho
ose
the
uni
t yo
uw
oul
d u
se t
o m
eas
ure
eac
h.W
rite
cup
, pin
t, qu
art,
or
gallo
n.
6.
7.
8.
Trac
y
Key:
Eac
h
= 2
fish
Stev
e
Aida
n
Fish
Cau
gh
t
1,80
0
80, 8
5
Aid
an
a ci
rcle
50,0
00
9,80
0,00
0
4,00
0,00
0
710,
000
pin
t; q
uar
t o
r g
allo
n
Ste
ve
24 f
ish
gal
lon
; q
uar
t
cup
; p
int
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
14
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R14
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–2,
wri
te a
fra
ctio
n in
nu
mb
ers
and
in w
ord
s th
at
nam
es
the
sha
de
d p
art.
1.
2.
For
7–8,
use
the
pic
tog
rap
h b
elo
w.
7.
Ex
plai
n ho
w y
ou w
ould
dis
play
the
da
ta in
the
pic
togr
aph
if 3
pinw
heel
s w
ere
won
.
8.
W
hich
priz
e w
as w
on the
mo
st?
Whi
ch p
rize
was
won
the
leas
t?
For
9–12
, nam
e e
ach
qua
dri
late
ral.
9.
10
.
11.
12
.
For
3–6,
cho
ose
the
uni
t yo
u w
oul
d u
se t
o m
eas
ure
eac
h.W
rite
inch
, fo
ot,
yard
, or
mile
.
3.
a
foot
ball
field
4.
a
high
way
5.
a
pen
6.
a
car
yard
Po
ssib
le a
nsw
er: I
wo
uld
ad
d t
he
cate
go
ry
“pin
wh
eels
” an
d p
ut
3 st
ars
afte
r it
.th
ree
fou
rth
s
two
fo
urt
hs
mile
inch
free
gam
e; g
old
fish
squ
are;
re
ctan
gle
rect
ang
le;
par
alle
log
ram
rho
mb
us
rho
mb
us
foo
t
2 _ 4 3 _ 4
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR13-SR14
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR13MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR13 6/19/07 3:55:07 PM6/19/07 3:55:07 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
15
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R15
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–5,
div
ide
and
che
ck.
1.
49
8 �
7 �
2.
18
6 �
5 �
3.
30
4 �
6 �
4.
10
1 �
7 �
5.
$1
98 �
3 �
For
8, u
se t
he li
ne p
lot.
8.
M
rs. R
ober
ts’s
cla
ss r
ecor
ded
the
num
bers
spu
n du
ring
15 s
pins
. Pr
edic
t w
hat nu
mbe
r w
ill m
ost lik
ely
be s
pun
on the
nex
t sp
in.
For
9–12
, use
me
ntal
mat
h an
d p
atte
rns
to f
ind
th
e p
rod
uct.
9.
7 �
30
�
10.
5 �
600
�
11.
4 �
3,0
00 �
12.
8 �
8,0
00 �
For
6–7,
wri
te t
he v
olu
me
in
cub
ic u
nits
.
6.
7.
71 R
1
24 c
ub
ic u
nit
s
12 c
ub
ic u
nit
s
$66
37 R
1
14 R
3
50 R
6
210 3,00
0
12,0
00
64,0
00
6
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
16
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R16
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
div
ide
and
che
ck.
1.
189
� 3
�
2.
564
� 7
�
3.
898
� 9
�
4.
732
� 8
�
For
8–10
, use
the
tab
le
be
low
.
Marb
les
Red
Blue
Gree
n
Larg
e3
41
Med
ium
62
2
Smal
l1
60
8.
How
man
y sm
all b
lue
mar
bles
are
th
ere?
9.
How
man
y la
rge
red
mar
bles
are
th
ere?
10.
How
man
y gr
een
mar
bles
are
the
re
in a
ll?
For
11–1
2, w
rite
a m
ulti
plic
atio
n se
nte
nce
fo
r e
ach
arra
y.
11.
12.
For
5–7,
cho
ose
the
uni
t yo
u w
oul
d u
se t
o m
eas
ure
eac
h.W
rite
mL
or
L.
5.
6.
7.
63
80 R
4
91 R
4
99 R
7
3 g
reen
mar
ble
s
3 la
rge
red
mar
ble
s
6 sm
all b
lue
mar
ble
s
2 �
3 �
6 a
nd
3
� 2
� 6
5 �
4 �
20
and
4
� 5
� 2
0
L mL L
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR15-SR16
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR15-SR16MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR15-SR16 6/19/07 3:55:14 PM6/19/07 3:55:14 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
17
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R17
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
ord
er
the
fra
ctio
ns f
rom
le
ast t
o g
reat
est.
1.
2
, 1 ,
43
2
5
2.
2 , 5
, 3
5 8
7
3.
1
, 1 ,
13
2
4
4.
3 , 5
, 3
4 6
8
For
8–10
, use
the
sp
inne
r b
elo
w.
Tell
whe
the
r e
ach
eve
nt is
lik
ely,
unl
ikel
y, o
r im
poss
ible
fo
r o
ne s
pin
.
8.
The
poi
nter
will
land
on
1.
9.
The
poi
nter
will
land
on
3.
10.
The
poi
nter
will
land
on
4.
For
11–1
4, d
esc
rib
e t
he li
nes.
W
rite
inte
rsec
ting,
per
pend
icul
ar,
or
para
llel.
11.
12
.
13.
14
.
For
5–7,
se
lect
the
fig
ure
wit
hth
e g
reat
er
are
a.
5.
A
B
6.
A
B
7.
A
B
likel
y
un
likel
y
par
alle
l
par
alle
lin
ters
ecti
ng
per
pen
dic
ula
r
imp
oss
ible
B B A
1 _ 2 , 2 _ 3 , 4 _ 5 3 _ 7 ,
2 _ 5 , 5 _ 8
1 _ 4 , 1 _ 3 , 1 _ 2 3 _ 8 , 3 _ 4 , 5 _ 6
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
18
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R18
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
re
nam
e e
ach
frac
tio
n as
a
mix
ed
num
be
r an
d e
ach
mix
ed
nu
mb
er
as a
fra
ctio
n.
1.
23 5
2.
8 3
3.
41 5
4.
15 7
For
7–9,
list
the
po
ssib
le
out
com
es
for
eac
h.
7.
Jam
es fl
ips
the
penn
y.
8.
Xoc
hi p
ulls
a c
oin.
9.
Ella
spi
ns the
spi
nner
.
For
10–1
3, t
ell
if e
ach
figur
e is
a
po
lyg
on.
Wri
te y
es o
r no
.
10.
11.
12.
13.
For
5–6,
est
imat
e. T
hen
use
a
cent
ime
ter
rule
r to
fin
d t
he
pe
rim
ete
r.
5.
6.
hea
ds,
tai
ls
Po
ssib
le e
stim
ate:
5
cm;
6 cm
nic
kel,
dim
e
1 , 2
, 3
, 4
no
yes
no
yes
Po
ssib
le e
stim
ate:
3
cm;
3 cm
13 _ 5
2 2 _ 3
21 _ 5
2 1 _ 7
MX
EN
L08A
WK
4X_S
R_W
K18
.indd
S
R18
7/2/
07
10:4
5:12
AM
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR17-SR18
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR17MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR17 7/2/07 11:38:57 AM7/2/07 11:38:57 AM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
19
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R19
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
est
imat
e t
he s
um o
rd
iffe
renc
e.
1.
5.9
� 2
.1
2.
5.39
� 9
.77
3.
$79.
23 �
$18
.18
4.
$10.
09 �
$1.
00 �
$6.
97
For
9–11
, use
the
fre
que
ncy
tab
le b
elo
w. Fa
vo
rite
Fo
od
Food
Freq
uenc
y
Pizz
a10
Sal
ad7
Chic
ken
Nugg
ets
6
9.
Mor
e st
uden
ts c
hose
sal
ad tha
n pi
zza.
Tru
e or
fals
e?
10.
How
man
y st
uden
ts v
oted
for
chic
ken
nugg
ets?
11.
Whi
ch fo
od r
ecei
ved
the
mos
t vo
tes?
For
12–1
3, u
se lo
gic
al
reas
oni
ng t
o s
olv
e t
he
pro
ble
ms.
Mel
inda
invi
tes
Alic
ia, B
onni
e, C
arlo
s, a
nd
Dan
to
her
part
y. A
licia
arr
ives
at th
e pa
rty
afte
r D
an. C
arlo
s ar
rives
at th
e pa
rty
afte
r A
licia
. Bon
nie
arriv
es a
t th
e pa
rty
befo
re
Dan
.
12.
Whi
ch g
uest
arr
ives
firs
t to
the
par
ty?
13.
Whi
ch g
uest
arr
ives
last
?
For
5–8,
wri
te t
he t
ime
as
it w
oul
d
be
sho
wn
on
a d
igit
al c
lock
.
5.
25 m
inut
es b
efor
e se
ven
6.
38 m
inut
es a
fter
nine
7.
10 m
inut
es b
efor
e th
ree
8.
29 m
inut
es a
fter
six
6:35
9:3
8
fals
e
6 st
ud
ents
piz
za
Bo
nn
ie
Car
los
Po
ssib
le
esti
mat
esar
e g
iven
. 4 15 $1
00
$2
2:5
0
6:29
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
20
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R20
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
wri
te e
ach
frac
tio
n as
a
de
cim
al.
1.
2 10
2.
38 100
3.
90 100
4.
5 10
For
9–10
, use
the
bar
gra
ph
be
low
.
Favo
rite
Co
okie
Oatm
eal
Choc
olat
eCh
ip
Pean
utBu
tter
24
68
1412
10
Vote
s
Cookie
9.
Whi
ch c
ooki
e w
as c
hose
n by
the
fe
wes
t nu
mbe
r of
peo
ple?
10.
How
man
y pe
ople
cho
se o
atm
eal a
s th
eir
favo
rite
cook
ie?
For
11–1
3, w
rite
a r
ela
ted
fac
t.
Use
it t
o c
om
ple
te t
he n
umb
er
sent
enc
e.
11.
7 �
�
10
12.
7 �
�
7
13.
7 �
�
4
For
5–8,
fin
d t
he e
lap
sed
tim
e.
5.
star
t: 6:
15 A
.M.
end:
5:4
5 P.
M.
6.
star
t: 7:
45 A
.M.
end:
11:
55 A
.M.
7.
star
t: 8:
08 P
.M.
end:
11:
45 P
.M.
8.
star
t: 12
:00
A.M
.
en
d: 1
:27
P.M
.
0.2
10 �
3 �
7
0.38
0.90
0.5
7 �
0 �
7
3 �
4 �
7
pea
nu
t b
utt
er
8 p
eop
le
Po
ssib
le r
elat
ed
fact
s ar
e g
iven
.11
hr
30 m
in
4 h
r 10
min
3 h
r 37
min
13 h
r 27
min
3 0 3
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR19-SR20
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR19-SR20MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR19-SR20 6/19/07 3:55:30 PM6/19/07 3:55:30 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
21
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R21
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
wri
te t
wo
eq
uiva
lent
fr
acti
ons
fo
r e
ach.
1.
1 2
2.
8 10
3.
4 6
4.
3 4
For
9–10
, use
the
Ve
nn D
iag
ram
.
1530
A
36
95
1015
B
9.
How
wou
ld y
ou la
bel o
vals
A a
nd B
?
10.
Why
are
the
num
bers
15
and
30 s
orte
d in
the
over
lap
sect
ion
of th
e di
agra
m?
For
11–1
3, w
rite
inte
rsec
ting,
para
llel,
or
perp
endi
cula
r.
11.
12.
13.
For
5–8,
use
the
the
rmo
me
ter
to
find
the
te
mp
era
ture
in º
F.
5.
°F
90 70
80
6.
°F
60 40
50
7.
°F
40 20
30
8.
°F
80 60
70
90�F
55�F
30�F
75�F
par
alle
l
inte
rsec
tin
g, o
rp
erp
end
icu
lar
per
pen
dic
ula
r
Po
ssib
le
equ
ival
ent
frac
tio
ns
are
giv
en.
A:
Mu
ltip
les
of
3 an
d 5
;
B:
Mu
ltip
les
of
5
15 a
nd
30
are
mu
ltip
les
of
bo
th 3
an
d 5
2 _ 4 , 3 _ 6
4 _ 5 , 16 _ 20
2 _ 3 , 3 _ 6
6 _ 8 , 9 _ 12
MX
EN
L08A
WK
4X_S
R_W
K21
.indd
S
R21
7/2/
07
10:4
5:54
AM
Nam
e
Spira
l Rev
iew
Wee
k 22
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R22
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–3,
ord
er
the
de
cim
als
fro
m
leas
t to
gre
ate
st.
1.
1.3,
1.0
3, 1
.13,
1.3
1
2.
1.9,
1.1
9, 1
.09,
1.9
6
3.
1.11
, 1.0
1, 1
.08,
1.1
For
9, p
red
ict
and
te
st t
o s
olv
e.
9.
Mar
ge is
thi
nkin
g of
tw
o nu
mbe
rs.
The
sum
of t
he tw
o nu
mbe
rs is
15,
an
d th
e pr
oduc
t is
56.
Wha
t tw
o nu
mbe
rs is
Mar
ge thi
nkin
g of
?
Pred
ict
Test
Sum
Test
Pro
duct
Does
it
Chec
k?
For
10–1
2, t
ell
how
eac
h fig
ure
was
mo
ved
. Wri
te s
lide,
flip
, or
turn
.
10.
11.
12.
For
4–8,
so
lve
the
eq
uati
on.
4.
45 �
x �
9
5.
y �
6 �
18
6.
a �
4 �
9
7.
9 �
c �
18
8.
r �
7 �
6
1.03
, 1.1
3, 1
.3, 1
.31
1.09
, 1.1
9, 1
.9, 1
.96
1.01
, 1.0
8, 1
.1, 1
.11
x �
5
y �
3
a �
36
c �
2
r �
42
7 an
d 8
turn
slid
e
flip
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR21-SR22
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR21MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR21 7/2/07 11:39:01 AM7/2/07 11:39:01 AM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
23
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R23
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–5,
wri
te a
n e
qui
vale
nt
de
cim
al f
or
eac
h. Y
ou
may
use
d
eci
mal
mo
de
ls.
1.
0.5
2.
0.80
3.
0.3
4.
2 10
5.
0.90
For
8–9,
use
the
do
uble
b
ar g
rap
h.
8.
Whi
ch s
port
was
leas
t po
pula
r w
ith
the
boys
?
9.
Whi
ch s
port
was
equ
ally
pop
ular
with
th
e bo
ys a
nd the
girl
s?
For
10–1
3, c
om
ple
te. T
ell
whe
the
r yo
u m
ultip
ly o
r di
vide
.Fo
r 6–
7, u
se t
he c
ale
ndar
be
low
.
July
Sun
Mon
Tue
Wed
Thu
Fri
Sat
12
34
56
78
910
1112
1314
1516
1718
1920
2122
2324
2526
2728
2930
31
6.
Ale
x ce
lebr
ated
Inde
pend
ence
Day
on
Jul
y 4.
If tod
ay is
Jul
y 19
, how
m
any
days
has
it b
een
sinc
e he
ce
lebr
ated
?
7.
Am
y’s
sum
mer
rea
ding
cla
ss s
tart
s on
Jul
y 9.
If h
er c
lass
is 1
4 da
ys lo
ng,
whe
n w
ill it
end
?
Metr
ic U
nit
s o
f Le
ng
th1
cent
imet
er (c
m) �
10
mill
imet
ers
(mm
)1
deci
met
er (d
m) �
10
cent
imet
ers
(cm
)1
met
er (m
) � 1
,000
mill
imet
ers
1 ki
lom
eter
(km
) � 1
,000
met
ers
10.
10 c
m �
m
m
11.
m �
2,0
00 m
m
12.
km
� 1
8,00
0 m
13.
cm
� 2
dm
Favo
rite
Spor
t
Favo
rite
Sp
ort
s
Boys
Girls
10 8 6 4 2 0
Number of Votes
Base
ball
Foot
ball
Socc
er
bas
ebal
l
socc
er
15 d
ays
July
23
0.50 0.8
0.30 0.2
0.9
Pos
sibl
e an
swer
s ar
e gi
ven.
mul
tiply
divi
de
divi
de
mul
tiply
100
2 18 20
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
24
Spir
al R
evie
w©
Har
cour
t • G
rade
4
SR
24Fo
r 12
–13,
nam
e t
he s
olid
fig
ure
that
has
the
fo
llow
ing
vie
ws.
12.
top
view
fron
t vi
ewsi
de v
iew
13.
top
view
fron
t vi
ewsi
de v
iew
For
1–4,
use
ob
ject
s o
r p
ictu
res
to f
ind
the
sum
or
diff
ere
nce
.
1.
5.
4
2.
12.6
7�
1.7
�
10.2
3
3.
89
.45
4.
$3.2
5�
21.9
6
�$0
.89
For
9–11
, lis
t th
e p
oss
ible
o
utco
me
s o
f e
ach.
9.
gre
en gre
en
red
10.
11.
For
5–8,
co
mp
lete
. Te
llw
heth
er
you
mul
tiply
or
divi
de.
Cu
sto
mary
Un
its
of
Weig
ht
1 po
und
(lb) �
16
ounc
es (o
z)
1 to
n (T
) � 2
,000
pou
nds
(lbs)
5.
oz
� 1
3 lb
6.
lb �
12
T
7.
lb �
224
oz
8.
T �
32,
000
lb
7.1
mu
ltip
lytr
ian
gu
lar
pyra
mid
2.44
67.4
9$4
.14
mu
ltip
ly
div
ide
div
ide
gree
n, r
ed
squ
are
pyr
amid
7, 8
, 9
blac
k, w
hite
, gr
ay
208
24,0
00
14 16
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR23-SR24
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR23-SR24MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR23-SR24 6/19/07 3:55:43 PM6/19/07 3:55:43 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
25
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R25
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–3,
find
the
sum
. You
m
ay w
ish
to u
se m
odel
s.
1.
0.67
� 0
.36
2.
0.8
� 0
.5
3.
1.75
� 1
.08
For
7–8,
use
the
tab
le. M
ake
a
ge
nera
lizat
ion.
The
n so
lve
the
p
rob
lem
.
70 60 50 40 30 20 10 022
yea
rs8
year
s12
Mon
ths
28 d
ays
Age
Bre
ath
Rate
Breaths Per Minute
7.
Jeff
take
s 20
bre
aths
per
min
ute.
G
ary
take
s 50
bre
aths
per
min
ute.
W
ho is
old
er?
8.
If Je
nny
brea
thes
40
brea
ths
per
min
ute,
who
is the
you
nges
t of
the
th
ree
peop
le?
For
9–11
, fin
d a
rule
. W
rite
the
rule
as
an e
quat
ion.
Use
th
e eq
uatio
n to
com
plet
e th
e ta
ble.
9.
x2
48
y1
57
9
10.
x12
119
y15
1413
11
11.
x1
24
y10
2030
50
For
4–6,
cho
ose
the
mo
st
reas
ona
ble
uni
t o
f m
eas
ure
.W
rite
mm
, cm
, dm
, m, o
r km
.
4.
5.
6.
Jeff
Gar
y
m cmsu
btr
act
1; y
� x
� 1
add
3;
y �
x �
3
mu
ltip
ly b
y 10
; y
� 1
0x
63
10
108
12
35
40
1.03 1.3
2.83
dm
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
26
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R26
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–3,
mak
e c
hang
e. L
ist
the
b
ills
and
co
ins.
1.
Cos
t: $3
.86;
Pai
d w
ith:
2.
Cos
t: $7
.15;
Pai
d w
ith:
3.
Cos
t: $1
.39;
Pai
d w
ith:
For
5–6,
use
the
fo
llow
ing
sc
ene
rio
. Th
e s
cho
ol c
afe
teri
a ha
s tw
o p
late
ch
oic
es:
che
ese
piz
za o
r ch
icke
n nu
gg
ets
. Eac
h p
late
co
me
s w
ith
the
ch
oic
e o
f e
ithe
r a
frui
t cu
p o
r sa
lad
.
5.
Dra
w a
tre
e di
agra
m to
show
all
poss
ible
com
bina
tions
.
6.
List
all
the
poss
ible
com
bina
tions
.
For
7–9,
dra
w e
ach
of
the
fo
llow
ing
in t
he c
ircl
e b
elo
w.
7.
Rad
ius
AB
8.
Dia
met
er A
C
9.
Cho
rd D
E
Find
the
are
a an
d p
eri
me
ter
of
the
fig
ure
. The
n d
raw
ano
the
r fig
ure
tha
t ha
s th
e s
ame
pe
rim
ete
r b
ut a
diff
ere
nt a
rea.
4.
6
ft
4 ft
fru
it c
up
chee
se p
izza
sa
lad
chic
ken
nu
gg
ets
fru
it c
up
sala
d
Ch
eck
stu
den
ts’
dra
win
gs.
P
oss
ible
d
raw
ing
:
chee
se p
izza
, fru
it c
up
;
On
e $1
bill
, 1 d
ime,
4
pen
nie
s
Two
$1
bill
s, 3
qu
arte
rs,
1 d
ime
Th
ree
$5
bill
s, t
hre
e $1
bill
s, 2
qu
arte
rs,
1 d
ime,
1 p
enny
Ch
eck
stu
den
ts’
dra
win
gs.
An
swer
s w
ill v
ary.
Po
ssib
le
answ
ers
are
giv
en.
A �
24
sq f
t; P
� 2
0 ft
.
chee
se p
izza
, sal
ad;
chic
ken
nu
gg
ets,
fru
it c
up
;ch
icke
n n
ug
get
s, s
alad
MX
EN
L09A
WK
4X_S
R_W
K26
.indd
S
R26
7/2/
07
10:4
7:29
AM
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR25-SR26
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR25MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR25 7/2/07 11:39:04 AM7/2/07 11:39:04 AM
Nam
eW
eek
27
Spira
l Rev
iew
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R27
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
te
ll w
heth
er
the
fra
ctio
ns
are
eq
uiva
lent
. Wri
te y
es o
r no
.
1.
2 __
4 ,
1 __
2
2.
3 __
8 ,
1 __
4
3.
3 __
4 ,
6 __
8
4.
3 __
9 ,
1 __
3
8.
Aud
rey
is a
ski
inst
ruct
or. F
or
her
unifo
rm, s
he is
giv
en a
re
d sk
i jac
ket an
d a
gree
n ja
cket
. She
is a
lso
give
n a
red
ski c
ap a
nd a
gre
en s
ki c
ap.
Mak
e an
org
aniz
ed li
st o
f the
po
ssib
le c
loth
ing
com
bina
tions
.
Colo
r of S
ki J
acke
tsCo
lor o
f Ski
Cap
s
9.
Acc
ordi
ng to
the
orga
nize
d lis
t yo
u m
ade,
how
man
y po
ssib
le c
loth
ing
com
bina
tions
doe
s A
udre
y ha
ve?
For
10–1
3, c
om
ple
te. T
ell
whe
the
r yo
u m
ultip
ly o
r di
vide
.
Cu
sto
mary
Un
its
of
Len
gth
1 fo
ot (f
t) =
12 in
ches
(in.
)
1 ya
rd (y
d) =
3 fe
et, o
r 36
inch
es
1 m
ile (m
i) =
5,28
0 fe
et, o
r 1,7
60 y
ards
10.
yd
� 3
24 in
.
11.
ft �
108
in.
12.
ft �
10
yd
13.
mi �
10,
560
yd
For
5–7,
fin
d t
he p
eri
me
ter
of
eac
h fig
ure
.
5.
6.
7.
no
yes
yes
yes
4 co
mb
inat
ion
s
divi
de
mul
tiply
divi
de
divi
de
Red
Red
Gre
enG
reen
Gre
enR
ed
12 u
nit
s
12 u
nit
s
16 u
nit
s
9 9 30 6
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
28
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R28
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–5,
co
mp
are
. Wri
te <
, >,
or
= f
or
eac
h .
1.
1 3
2 3
2.
4 5
2 5
3.
1 8
2 9
4.
6 12
1 2
5.
3 7
8 9
For
8–11
, te
ll w
heth
er
the
dat
a is
num
eric
al o
r ca
tego
rical
.
8.
colo
r of
hai
r
9.
num
ber
of h
its in
a b
aseb
all i
nnin
g
10.
vote
s fo
r cl
ass
pres
iden
t
11.
favo
rite
pets
For
12–1
5, n
ame
the
ge
om
etr
ic
term
tha
t b
est
re
pre
sent
sth
e o
bje
ct.
12.
a hi
ghw
ay
13.
the
cent
er o
f a c
lock
14.
the
hand
of a
clo
ck
15.
a pa
rkin
g lin
e
For
6–7,
fin
d t
he a
rea
and
pe
rim
ete
r o
f e
ach
figur
e. T
hen
dra
w
ano
the
r fig
ure
tha
t ha
s th
e s
ame
p
eri
me
ter
but
a d
iffe
rent
are
a.
6.
7.
4 ft
4 ft
4 ft
4 ft
2 ft
2 ft
9 ft
9 ft
cate
go
rica
l
nu
mer
ical
nu
mer
ical
cate
go
rica
l
line;
lin
e se
gm
ent
po
int
ray;
lin
e se
gm
ent
line
seg
men
t
16 s
q f
t; 1
6 ft
18 s
q f
t; 2
2 ft
� � � � � Ch
eck
stu
den
ts’
dra
win
gs
Ch
eck
stu
den
ts’
dra
win
gs
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR27-SR28
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR27-SR28MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR27-SR28 6/19/07 3:56:01 PM6/19/07 3:56:01 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
29
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R29
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–3,
wri
te a
mix
ed
nu
mb
er
for
eac
h m
od
el.
1.
2.
3.
For
7–8,
use
the
Ve
nn
dia
gra
m b
elo
w.
7.
W
hat la
bels
sho
uld
you
use
for
sect
ion
B a
nd s
ectio
n C
?
8.
In
whi
ch s
ectio
n w
ould
you
put
27?
For
9–12
, co
mp
lete
. Te
ll w
heth
er
you
mul
tiply
or
divi
de.
Cu
sto
mary
Un
its
of
Measu
rem
en
t1
poun
d (lb
) = 1
6 ou
nces
(oz)
1 to
n (T
) = 2
,000
pou
nds
(lb)
1 pi
nt (p
t) =
2 cu
ps (c
)
1 qu
art (
qt) =
2 p
ints
(pt)
1 ga
llon
(gal
) = 4
qua
rts (q
t)
9.
o
z �
10
lb
10.
T �
10,
000
lb
11.
qt
� 2
00 c
12.
qt
� 2
0 ga
l
For
4–6,
co
unt
or
mul
tip
ly t
o
find
the
vo
lum
e.
4.
5.
6.
9 12
15 30
25 20
3 6
5 10
B?
A M
ulti
ple
s o
f 3
C?
B:
Mu
ltip
les
of
3 an
d 5
;
sect
ion
A
C:
Mu
ltip
les
of
5
160 5 50 80
mu
ltip
ly
div
ide
div
ide
mu
ltip
ly
45 c
ub
ic u
nit
s
8 cu
bic
un
its
36 c
ub
ic u
nit
s
2 4 _ 6
2 3 _ 4
2 1 _ 2
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
30
Spir
al R
evie
wSR
30
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–3,
co
mp
are
the
mix
ed
nu
mb
ers
. Use
<, >
, or
= f
or
eac
h
.
1.
22 8
26 8
2.
32 5
31 5
3.
41 3
41 3
For
7–9,
te
ll w
heth
er
the
eve
nt
is li
kely
, unl
ikel
y, c
erta
in, o
r im
poss
ible
.
7.
Rol
ling
a 9
on a
num
ber
cube
labe
led
1 to
8.
8.
Pulli
ng a
red
mar
ble
out of
a b
ag tha
t co
ntai
ns 1
0 re
d, 4
gre
en, a
nd 2
blu
e m
arbl
es e
ach
of e
qual
siz
e.
9.
Spin
ning
a n
umbe
r le
ss tha
n 5
on a
sp
inne
r w
ith 4
equ
al p
arts
labe
led
1, 2
, 3, a
nd 4
.
For
10–1
2, f
ind
a r
ule
. The
n fin
d t
he n
ext
tw
o n
umb
ers
in
the
pat
tern
.
10.
39, 4
2, 4
5, 4
8, 5
1, 5
4
11.
110,
105
, 100
, 95,
90
12.
23, 3
3, 3
0, 4
0, 3
7, 4
7, 4
4
For
4–6,
est
imat
e t
he a
rea
of
eac
h fig
ure
. Eac
h un
it s
tand
s fo
r 1
sq f
t. 4
.
5
.
6
.
� � �
imp
oss
ible
likel
y
cert
ain
add
3;
57, 6
0
sub
trac
t 5;
85,
80
add
10,
su
btr
act
3;
54, 5
1
16 s
q f
t
20 s
q f
t
24 s
q f
t
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR29-SR30
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR29MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR29 6/19/07 3:56:07 PM6/19/07 3:56:07 PM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
31
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R31
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
wri
te e
ach
frac
tio
n as
a
de
cim
al.
1.
1 __
2
2.
90
____
100
3.
7
____
100
4.
65
____
100
For
9–13
, cho
ose
5, 1
0, o
r 10
0 as
the
mo
st r
eas
ona
ble
inte
rval
to
sho
w e
ach
set
of
dat
a o
n a
bar
gra
ph.
9.
256,
387
, 491
, 502
, 630
10.
10, 2
9, 8
0, 9
9, 1
00
11.
10, 1
29, 1
80, 1
99, 3
10
12.
1, 4
, 7, 9
, 10,
12
13.
8, 1
6, 1
9, 3
1, 4
4
For
14–1
5, c
lass
ify e
ach
ang
le.
Wri
te a
cute
, rig
ht, o
r o
btus
e.
14.
15.
For
5–8,
co
mp
lete
. Te
ll w
heth
er
you
mul
tiply
or
divi
de.
Un
its
of
Mass
1 ki
logr
am (k
g) �
1,0
00 g
ram
(g)
5.
9 kg
�
g
6.
11,0
00 g
�
kg
7.
13 k
g �
g
8.
kg
� 2
,000
g0.5
0.90
or
0.9
0.07
0.65
9,00
0;
mu
ltip
ly
100
10 100 5 10
acu
te
ob
tuse
11;
div
ide
13,0
00;
mu
ltip
ly
2;
div
ide
MX
EN
L09A
WK
4X_S
R_W
K31
.indd
S
R31
8/8/
07
8:48
:02
AM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
32
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R32
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
wri
te e
ach
frac
tio
n as
a d
eci
mal
.
1.
79
__
__
100
2.
45
__
__
100
3.
3 __
_ 10
4.
49
__
__
100
For
9–11
, use
the
bar
gra
ph
be
low
. Turr
i Fa
mil
y B
ud
get
For
July
Utili
ties
FoodCa
r
Hous
e $0$1
00$2
00$3
00$7
00$5
00$6
00$4
00Ex
pens
e
Item
9.
H
ow m
uch
did
the
Turr
i fam
ily s
pend
on
food
in J
uly?
10.
On
wha
t di
d th
e Tu
rri f
amily
spe
nd
the
mos
t m
oney
?
11.
Estim
ate
the
Turr
i’s tot
al e
xpen
ses
for
the
mon
th.
For
12–1
5, u
se t
he p
ictu
re
be
low
.
12.
Iden
tify
ZX
13.
Iden
tify
Y
14.
Iden
tify
YW
15.
Iden
tify
UV
For
5–8,
co
mp
lete
. Te
ll w
heth
er
you
mul
tiply
or
divi
de.
Un
its
of
Cap
aci
ty1
liter
(L) �
1,0
00 m
illili
ters
(mL)
5.
16
L �
m
L
6.
m
L �
9 L
7.
20
L �
m
L
8.
L
� 19
,000
mL
0.79
0.45
0.3
0.49
dia
met
er
cen
ter
rad
ius
cho
rd
$40
0
16,0
00;
mu
ltip
ly
ho
use
[est
imat
es w
ill v
ary]
ab
ou
t $1
,600
9,00
0;
mu
ltip
ly
20,0
00;
mu
ltip
ly
19;
div
ide
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR31-SR32
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR31-SR32MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR31-SR32 8/8/07 8:56:37 AM8/8/07 8:56:37 AM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
33
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R33
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
ord
er
the
de
cim
als
fro
m
grea
test
to
leas
t.
1.
0.7,
1.7
1, 0
.07
2.
0.05
, 5, 0
.5
3.
0.02
, 0.0
4, 0
.6
4.
5.01
, 6.9
9, 6
.8
For
7–8,
use
the
do
uble
-bar
g
rap
h b
elo
w.
Cam
ps3r
d Gr
ade
4th
Grad
e
35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
Number of Votes
Spor
ts Ca
mp
Dram
a Cam
pSp
ace C
amp
7.
Whi
ch c
amp
was
leas
t po
pula
r w
ith
the
3rd
grad
ers?
8.
How
man
y m
ore
3rd
grad
ers
than
4th
grad
ers
vote
d fo
r sp
ace
cam
p?
For
9–11
, fin
d t
he a
rea
usin
g
the
fo
rmul
a A
� l
� w
.
9.
10.
11.
For
5–6,
fin
d t
he p
eri
me
ter
of
eac
h fig
ure
.
5.
6.
1.71
, 0.7
, 0.0
7
5, 0
.5, 0
.05
0.6,
0.0
4, 0
.02
6.99
, 6.8
, 5.0
1
14 u
nit
s
16 u
nit
s
dra
ma
cam
p
7 m
ore
th
ird
gra
der
s
50 s
q f
t
25 s
q in
.
9 sq
cm
MX
EN
L09A
WK
4X_S
R_W
K33
.indd
S
R33
7/2/
07
10:4
6:40
AM
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
34
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R3
4©
Har
cour
t • G
rade
4
For
1–2,
dra
w c
onc
lusi
ons
to
solv
e t
he p
rob
lem
.
1.
Jill
lives
3.6
mile
s fr
om s
choo
l. G
retc
hen
lives
3.1
mile
s fr
om s
choo
l. H
enry
live
s 3.
7 m
iles
from
sch
ool.
Who
live
s cl
oses
t to
sch
ool?
2.
Penc
ils E
tc. s
ells
bac
kpac
ks a
t 2
for
$ 24.
00. O
ffice
Box
sel
ls the
sam
e ba
ckpa
cks
for
$ 14.
00 e
ach
. Whi
ch
stor
e of
fers
the
bet
ter
pric
e?
For
6–7,
use
the
box
of
lett
ers
. Te
ll w
heth
er
eac
h e
vent
is c
erta
in, i
mpo
ssib
le,
likel
y o
r un
likel
y. T
hen,
fin
d t
he
pro
bab
ility
of
the
eve
nt.
6.
pulli
ng a
B, A
, or
L in
one
pul
l
7.
pulli
ng a
n E
in o
ne p
ull
For
8–11
, nam
e t
he p
oly
go
n.
Tell
whe
the
r it
ap
pe
ars
regu
lar
or
not r
egul
ar.
8.
9.
10.
11.
For
3–5,
fin
d t
he e
lap
sed
tim
e.
Each
clo
ck is
sho
win
g a
P.M
. tim
e.
3.
St
art
F
inis
h
891011
12
76
5432
1
891011
12
76
5432
1
4.
St
art
F
inis
h
891011
12
76
5432
1
891011
12
76
5432
1
5.
St
art
F
inis
h
891011
12
76
5432
1
891011
12
76
5432
1
BA
SE
BA
LL
Gre
tch
en
Pen
cils
Etc
.
1 h
ou
r an
d 1
5 m
inu
tes
1 h
ou
r
1 h
ou
r an
d 4
5 m
inu
tes
tria
ng
le;
reg
ula
r
oct
ago
n,
reg
ula
r
qu
adri
late
ral,
no
t re
gu
lar
squ
are
(or
rect
ang
le);
re
gu
lar
likel
y; 6 _ 8 , o
r 3 _ 4
un
likel
y; 1 _ 8
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR33-SR34
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR33MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR33 7/2/07 11:39:10 AM7/2/07 11:39:10 AM
Wee
k 35
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
e
SR
35Sp
iral
Rev
iew
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–5,
est
imat
e t
he p
rod
uct.
C
hoo
se t
he m
eth
od
.
1.
45
� 2
1 �
2.
23
� 1
1 �
3.
30
� 2
9 �
4.
91
� 1
9 �
5.
13
� 1
3 �
For
10–1
1, u
se t
he s
pin
ner
and
the
tab
le. Jo
hn
’s R
esu
lts
Outc
omes
AB
C
Tally
IIII I
IIIII
I IIII
I IIII
I
10.
How
man
y tim
es d
id J
ohn
spin
the
po
inte
r?
11.
Wha
t is
the
exp
erim
enta
l pro
babi
lity
of s
pinn
ing
C?
For
12–1
6, u
se m
ent
al m
ath
and
pat
tern
s to
fin
d t
he
pro
duc
t.
12.
9 �
40
�
13.
4 �
400
�
14.
7 �
3,0
00 �
15.
5 �
6,0
00 �
16.
10 �
100
�
For
6–9,
use
the
the
rmo
me
ter
to f
ind
the
te
mp
era
ture
in �
F.
6.
10 10
0
°F
7.
10
0
80
90
°F
8.
60 40
50
°F
9.
30 10
20
°F
AB
C
–5�
F90
�F
100
200
900
1,80
0
100
360
1,60
0
21,0
00
30,0
00
1,00
0
Pos
sibl
e es
timat
es a
re g
iven
. Met
hods
w
ill v
ary.
25
55�F
25�F
11
__
25
Spira
l Rev
iew
Nam
eW
eek
36
Spir
al R
evie
wS
R36
© H
arco
urt •
Gra
de 4
For
1–4,
est
imat
e. T
hen
find
the
pro
duc
t.
1.
31
� 3
�
2.
91
� 5
�
3.
59
� 2
�
4.
22
� 7
�
For
9–12
, cho
ose
5, 1
0, o
r 10
0 as
the
mo
st r
eas
ona
ble
in
terv
al t
o s
how
eac
h se
t o
f d
ata
on
a b
ar g
rap
h.
9.
41
, 73,
31,
88,
24
10.
70, 3
90, 7
20, 4
50, 1
00
11.
20, 3
5, 4
0, 1
0, 5
12.
250,
300
, 100
, 200
, 500
For
13–1
5, c
lass
ify e
ach
tria
ngle
. Wri
te is
osc
eles
, sc
alen
e, o
r eq
uila
tera
l. Th
en
wri
te r
ight
, acu
te, o
r o
btus
e.
13.
14.
15.
For
5–8,
fin
d t
he e
lap
sed
tim
e.
5.
st
art:
6:15
P.M
.en
d: 9:
00 P
.M.
6.
star
t: 4:
45 P
.M.
end:
5:
15 P
.M.
7.
st
art:
11:2
8 P.
M.
end:
2:
36 A
.M.
8.
star
t: 2:
00 A
.M.
end:
5:
59 P
.M.
90;
93
450
; 45
5
120
; 11
8
140
; 15
4
10 100 5 100
Est
imat
es m
ay v
ary.
equ
ilate
ral,
acu
te
scal
ene,
rig
ht
scal
ene,
ob
tuse
2 h
r 45
min
30 m
in
3 h
r 8
min
15 h
r 59
min
© Harcourt • Grade 4SR35-SR36
MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR35-SR36MXENL08AWK4XSR_PHTE_2UP.indd SR35-SR36 6/19/07 3:56:26 PM6/19/07 3:56:26 PM